10 WebCenter Portal Custom WLST Commands

This chapter describes WebLogic Scripting Tool (WLST) commands for Oracle WebCenter Portal. These commands enable you to configure WebCenter Portal or Portal Framework applications and components from the command-line. For additional details about Oracle WebCenter Portal configuration, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Notes:

To use these commands, you must invoke WLST from the Oracle home in which the component has been installed. See "Using Custom WLST Commands" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide.

Most configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after you restart the Managed Server on which WebCenter Portal or your own Portal Framework application is deployed. There are some exceptions, including WLST commands for External Applications, Portlet Producers, and Lifecycle.

Oracle WebCenter Portal's custom WLST commands are described in the following sections:

10.1 Overview of Oracle WebCenter Portal WLST Command Categories

Oracle WebCenter Portal's WLST commands are grouped into the several categories (Table 10-1).

Most configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after you restart the Managed Server on which WebCenter Portal or your own Portal Framework application is deployed. The only exceptions are the External Applications, Portlet Producers, and Lifecycle WLST commands.

Table 10-1 WLST Command Categories

Command Category Description

General

Manage connections for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Analytics

Manage analytics collector connections and configure the analytics collector (on WC_Utilities).

Activity Graph

Manage activity graph metadata and provider configuration (on WC_Utilities).

Activity Stream

Archive and restore activity stream data.

Content Repository

Manage content repository connections and configure document services.

Discussions and Announcements

Manage discussions server connections and configure discussions and announcements.

External Applications

Manage external application connections.

Instant Messaging and Presence

Manage instant messaging and presence server connections and configure instant messaging and presence.

Mail

Manage mail server connections and configure mail.

Notifications

Manage settings for notifications.

People Connections

Manage profile information.

Personal Events

Manage personal event server connections.

Personalization

Manage personalization server connections.

Portlet Producers

Manage portlet producers.

Proxy Server

Manage proxy settings for RSS and activity stream.

Search - Oracle SES Search

Manage Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) connections and other search-related properties.

Search - Oracle SES Search Crawlers

Manage Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) crawlers.

Search - WebCenter Portal Search

Manage search crawlers for the WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Worklists

Manage BPEL server connections.

WebCenter Portal Application

Manage WebCenter Portal workflow settings and portal metadata.

Identity Store

Configure options while searching an application's identity store.

Lifecycle

Export and import application metadata, individual portals, portal templates, portal assets, and portlet producer metadata.

Upgrade

Upgrade from a previous Oracle WebCenter Portal release.


10.2 General

Use the General commands, listed in Table 10-2, to manage connections, and perform other general tasks.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after restarting the Managed Server on which WebCenter Portal or your own Portal Framework application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-2 General WLST Commands

Use This Command... To... Use with WLST...

deleteConnection

Delete any connection.

Online

getWebCenterConnectionTypes

List all connection types.

Online

setWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig

Set WebCenter Portal Service Framework configuration properties.

Online

getWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig

Return WebCenter Portal Framework configuration properties.

Online

webcenterErrorOccurred

Return status information for the last Oracle WebCenter Portal command executed.

Online


10.2.1 deleteConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.2.1.1 Description

Deletes a named connection currently configured for WebCenter Portal or your own Portal Framework application.

If you use deleteConnection to delete a WSRP or PDK-Java producer connection (instead of using deregisterWSRPProducer or deregisterPDKJavaProducer), unused secondary connections will remain, which you might want to remove. For example, when you delete a WSRP producer connection, its associated web service connection remains and when you delete a PDK-Java producer connection, its associated URL connection remains.

Note:

deleteConnection cannot be used to delete connections configured for personalization services. Instead, use deleteWCPSCMISConnection, deleteWCPSActivityGraphConnection, deleteWCPSPeopleConnection, or deleteWCPSCustomConnection.

10.2.1.2 Syntax

deleteConnection(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.2.1.3 Example

The following example deletes a connection configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteConnection(appName='webcenter', name='MyConnection')

10.2.2 setWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.2.2.1 Description

Sets configuration properties for Oracle WebCenter Portal's services framework, such as the Resource Action Handler class and display as popup properties.

10.2.2.2 Syntax

setWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig(appName, [resourceActionHandlerClassName, resourceActionHandlerDisplayInPopup, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

resourceActionHandlerClassName
Optional. Class used by the Service Framework Resource Action Handler.
resourceActionHandlerDisplayInPopup Optional. Indicates whether the Resource Action Handler displays resources in a popup or inline. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.2.2.3 Example

The following example sets the WebCenter Portal Service Framework Resource Action Handler class to my.company.ResourceActionHandler:

wls:/wc_domain/domainRuntime> setWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig(appName='webcenter', resourceActionHandlerClassName='my.company.ResourceActionHandler')
Successfully set the WebCenter Portal service framework configuration.
Resource Action Handler class: my.company.ResourceActionHandler
To effect connection changes, you must restart the managed server on which the 
application is deployed.
   

The following example sets only the WebCenter Portal Service Framework Resource Action Handler display as popup value to 1 (true):

wls:/wc_domain/domainRuntime>
setWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig(appName='webcenter', resourceActionHandlerDisplayInPopup=1)
Successfully set the WebCenter Portal service framework configuration.
Resource Action Handler Display In Popup: true
To effect connection changes, you must restart the managed server on which the application is deployed.

10.2.3 getWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.2.3.1 Description

Returns WebCenter Portal Service Framework configuration property settings, such as:

  • resourceActionHandlerClassName: Class currently used by the WebCenter Portal Service Framework Resource Action Handler

  • resourceActionHandlerDisplayInPopup: Indicates whether the Resource Action Handler displays resources in a popup or inline. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

10.2.3.2 Syntax

getWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.2.3.3 Example

The following example returns the service framework resource action handler class and display as popup properties, for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

   wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>getWebCenterServiceFrameworkConfig(appName='webcenter')
Resource Action Handler Class: my.company.ResourceActionHandler
Resource Action Handler Display In Popup: true

10.2.4 webcenterErrorOccurred

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.2.4.1 Description

Returns the status of last WebCenter Portal command executed.

Use the webcenterErrorOccurred command to determine the status of the last WebCenter Portal command executed. The command returns 1 if an error occurred or 0 otherwise.

10.2.4.2 Syntax

webcenterErrorOccurred ()

10.2.4.3 Example

The following example returns 1 if an error occurred:

wls:/mydomain/serverConfig> webcenterErrorOccurred()

10.2.5 getWebCenterConnectionTypes

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.2.5.1 Description

Lists all the Oracle WebCenter Portal connection types.

10.2.5.2 Syntax

getWebCenterConnectionTypes(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.2.5.3 Example

The following example returns connection types for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/mydomain/serverConfig>getWebCenterConnectionTypes(appName='webcenter')

10.3 Analytics

This section includes the following sub sections:

Analytics Collector Connections

Use the commands listed in Table 10-3 to manage analytics collector connections for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications. Events raised in these portal applications using OpenUsage APIs can be sent to an analytics collector for use by analytics and activity graph.

Connection configuration changes made using these Oracle WebCenter Portal WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-3 Analytics Collector Connection WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createAnalyticsCollectorConnection

Create a connection to an analytics collector for WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application.

Online

setAnalyticsCollectorConnection

Edit an existing analytics collector connection.

Online

listAnalyticsCollectorConnections

List all of the analytics collector connections that are configured for WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application.

Online

setDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection

Specify the default (or active) analytics collector connection for WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application.

Online

listDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection

Return connection details for the analytics collector being used by WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework application.

Online


Analytics Collector and Cluster Configuration

Use the commands listed in Table 10-4 to configure event collection properties for the analytics collector that is deployed on the WC_Utilities managed server.

If you reconfigure the analytics collector or set up clustering, you must restart the managed server on which the analytic collector is deployed (WC_Utilities).

Table 10-4 Analytics Collector Configuration WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

setAnalyticsCollectorConfig

Set analytics collector options, and cluster options if operating a clustered environment.

Online

listAnalyticsCollectorConfig

Return analytics collector settings.

Online

listAnalyticsEventTypes

List events currently registered with the analytics collector.

Online


10.3.1 createAnalyticsCollectorConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.3.1.1 Description

Creates a connection to an analytics collector for a named application.

Events raised in WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application using OpenUsage APIs can be sent to an analytics collector for use by analytics and activity graph.

While you can register multiple analytics collector connections for an application, only one analytics collector connection is used - the default (or active) connection where default=1.

10.3.1.2 Syntax

createAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName, connectionName, [isUnicast, collectorhost, clusterName, collectorPort, isEnabled, timeout, default, server,
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

connectionName
Connection name. The name must be unique across all connection types within application.
isUnicast
Optional. Specifies whether events are sent to a clustered analytics collector in multicast mode or whether a single analytics collector using unicast communication is required.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default value is 1 (unicast).

collectorHost
Optional. Host name where the analytics collector is running. The default value is localhost.

Only required for unicast communication, that is, where isUnicast=1.

clusterName
Optional. Name of the cluster where a clustered analytics collector is running.

Only required for multicast communication, that is, where isUnicast=0.

collectorPort
Optional. Port on which the analytics collector listens for events. The default value is 31314.
isEnabled
Optional. Specifies whether to send analytics events raised using OpenUsage APIs to the analytics collector. Valid values 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default value is 0.

Analytics events are sent to the analytics collector when isEnabled=1 and default=1.

timeout
Optional. Length of time (in seconds) to wait for a response from the analytics collector. Default value is 30.

Only required for multicast communication, that is, where isUnicast=0.

default
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default (or active) analytics collector connection for the application.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). When set to 1, the application sends events on this connection. When set to 0, the connection is not used. The default for this argument is 0.

While you can register multiple analytics collector connections for an application, only one connection is used by analytics and activity graph—the default (or active) connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.3.1.3 Example

The following example creates a connection named MyAnalyticsCollector for WebCenter Portal (webcenter). Events are sent to a single analytics collector using unicast communication:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName='webcenter', connectionName='MyAnalyticsCollector', isUnicast=1, 
collectorHost='myhost.com', collectorPort=31314, isEnabled=1, timeout=30, default=1)

The following example creates a connection named MyAnalyticsCollector for WebCenter Portal. Events are sent to a clustered analytics collector in multicast mode

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName='webcenter', 
connectionName='MyAnalyticsCollector', isUnicast=0, clusterName='collector-cluster', 
ccollectorPort=31314, isEnabled=1, timeout=30, default=1) 

10.3.2 setAnalyticsCollectorConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.3.2.1 Description

Edits an existing analytics collector connection for a named application.

Events raised in WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application using OpenUsage APIs can be sent to an analytics collector for use by analytics and activity graph.

While you can register multiple analytics collector connections for an application, only one analytics collector connection is used - the default (or active) connection.

10.3.2.2 Syntax

setAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName, connectionName, [isUnicast, collectorHost, clusterName, collectorPort, isEnabled, timeout, default, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

connectionName
Connection name. The name must be unique across all connection types within application.
isUnicast
Optional. Specifies whether events are sent to a clustered analytics collector in multicast mode or whether a single analytics collector using unicast communication is required.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default value is 1 (unicast).

collectorHost
Optional. Host name where the analytics collector is running. The default value is localhost.

Only required for unicast communication, that is, where isUnicast=1.

clusterName
Optional. Name of the cluster where a clustered analytics collector is running.

Only required for multicast communication, that is, where isUnicast=0.

collectorPort
Optional. Port on which the analytics collector listens for events.

The default value is 31314.

isEnabled
Optional. Specifies whether to send analytics events raised using OpenUsage APIs to the analytics collector.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default value is false.

Analytics events are sent to the analytics collector when isEnabled=1 and default=1.

timeout
Optional. Length of time (in seconds) to wait for a response from the analytics collector. Default value is 30.

Only required for multicast communication, that is, where isUnicast=0.

default
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default (or active) analytics collector connection for the application.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). When set to 1, the application sends events on this connection. When set to 0, the connection is not used. The default for this argument is 0.

While you can register multiple analytics collector connections for an application, only one connection is used by analytics and activity graph—the default (or active) connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.3.2.3 Example

The following example edits host and port details for an existing analytics collector connection named MyAnalyticsCollector. On this connection, events are sent to a single analytics collector in unicast mode:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName='webcenter', connectionName='MyAnalyticsCollector', collectorHost='myhost.com', collectorPort=31314)

The following example edits cluster, port, and timeout details for an existing analytics collector connection named MyAnalyticsCollector. On this connection, events are sent to a clustered analytics collector in multicast mode:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName='webcenter', 
connectionName='MyAnalyticsCollector', clusterName='collector-cluster', collectorPort=31314, timeout=60)

10.3.3 listAnalyticsCollectorConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.3.3.1 Description

Lists connection names and details for all analytics collector connections that are configured for a named application.

10.3.3.2 Syntax

listAnalyticsCollectorConnections(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.3.3.3 Examples

The following example lists connection names and details for all the analytics collector connections that are currently configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listAnalyticsCollectorConnections(appName='webcenter')

------------------ 
MyAnalyticsCollector 
------------------ 
ClusterName/HostName: localhost 
Port: 31314 
Timeout: 30 
Unicast: 1 (true) 
Enabled: 1 (true) 

------------------
 TestAnalyticsCollector
------------------ 
ClusterName/HostName: localhost
Port: 32456 
Timeout: 456 
Unicast: 1 (true) 
Enabled: 1 (true) 
------------------

10.3.4 setDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.3.4.1 Description

Specifies the default analytics collector connection for a named application.

The default analytics collector connection is used to send events raised in WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application using OpenUsage APIs to an analytics collector for use by analytics and activity graph

While you can register multiple analytics collector connections for an application, only one analytics collector connection is used-- the default (or active) connection.

10.3.4.2 Syntax

setDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing analytics collector connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.3.4.3 Example

The following example configures the connection MyAnalyticsCollector for events raised in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection
(appName='webcenter', name='MyAnalyticsCollector')

The following example resets the default connection name:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection
(appName='webcenter', name='')

10.3.5 listDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.3.5.1 Description

Return details about the analytics collector connection that is currently configured for a named application.

While you can register multiple analytics collector connections for an application, only one analytics collector connection is used—the default (or active) connection.

10.3.5.2 Syntax

listDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.3.5.3 Examples

The following example returns details about the analytics collector connection that is currently configured for a WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listDefaultAnalyticsCollectorConnection(appName='webcenter')

------------------ 
MyAnalyticsCollector 
------------------ 
ClusterName/HostName: localhost 
Port: 31314 
Timeout: 30 
Unicast: 1 (true) 
Enabled: 1 (true) 
------------------ 

10.3.6 setAnalyticsCollectorConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.3.6.1 Description

Configure the analytics collector deployed on the WC_Utilities managed server. Additionally, in a clustered environment, use this commands to set cluster settings.

10.3.6.2 Syntax

setAnalyticsCollectorConfig(appName, [collectorHost, defaultPort, maxPort, broadcastType, clusterEnabled, clusterName, heartbeatFrequency, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the analytics collector application in which to perform this operation--always analytics-collector.
collectorHost
Optional. Name of the host on which the analytics collector is running.

The default value is localhost.

defaultPort
Optional. Default port number on which the analytics collector listens.

The default value is 31314.

maxPort
Optional. Highest port number that the analytics collector can use when allocating a listener.

This property is mostly used in a clustered environment where more than one collector is running in the same box. Each collector listens for incoming UDP messages on a free port within a given port range. The range is from the default port number to the maxPort number.

broadcastType
Optional. Indicates the network channel on which the analytics collector broadcasts a 'heartbeat' to advertise its location to event producers. Valid values are Broadcast and Multicast.
  • Broadcast - use the standard network broadcast channel.

  • Multicast - use a special fixed multicast address.

clusterEnabled
Optional. Indicates whether the analytics collector is deployed in a cluster. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

If set to 1, clusterName must also be defined.

clusterName
Optional. Name of the analytics collector cluster.

Only required when clusterEnabled=1

heartbeatFrequency
Optional. Broadcast analytics collector listening information every 'n' seconds. The default frequency is 10 seconds.

The analytics collector periodically broadcasts a 'heartbeat' to advertise its location (hostName). In a clustered environment, WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications use the heartbeat to determine which analytics collectors are available.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the analytics collector is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.3.6.3 Example

The following example changes the default port to 31315:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setAnalyticsCollectorConfig(appName='analytics-collector', defaultPort=31315)

10.3.7 listAnalyticsCollectorConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.3.7.1 Description

Returns analytics collector settings.

10.3.7.2 Syntax

listAnalyticsCollectorConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the analytics collector application in which to perform this operation--always analytics-collector.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the analytics collector is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.3.7.3 Examples

The following command lists current settings for the analytics collector that is configured for an application named webcenter:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listAnalyticsCollectorConfig(appName='analytics-collector')

This is sample output for a standalone analytics collector:

CollectorHost = localhost
CollectorDefaultPort = 31314
CollectorMaximumPort = 31314
BroadcastType = Multicast
ClusterEnabled = 
ClusterName = 
ClusterBroadcastFrequency = 55

This is sample output for an analytics collector in a clustered environment:

CollectorHost = localhost
CollectorDefaultPort = 31314
CollectorMaximumPort = 31318
BroadcastType = Multicast
ClusterEnabled = 1
ClusterName = myCluster
ClusterBroadcastFrequency = 55

10.3.8 listAnalyticsEventTypes

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.3.8.1 Description

Lists all the events currently registered with the analytics collector.

10.3.8.2 Syntax

listAnalyticsEventTypes(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.3.8.3 Examples

The following command lists all the events currently registered with the analytics collector for use by WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listAnalyticsEventTypes(appName='webcenter')

Sample output:

{HTTP://WWW.ORACLE.COM/ANALYTICS/WC}DISCUSSION_ANNOUNCEMENTEDIT
{HTTP://WWW.ORACLE.COM/ANALYTICS/WC}DISCUSSION_TOPICDELETE
{HTTP://WWW.ORACLE.COM/ANALYTICS/WC}PAGEEDIT
{HTTP://WWW.ORACLE.COM/ANALYTICS/WC}DOCLIB_DOCUMENTCREATE
{HTTP://WWW.ORACLE.COM/ANALYTICS/WC}LOGINS
...

10.4 Activity Graph

Use the commands listed in Table 10-5 to manage system properties and metadata for activity graph.

Configuration changes made using the setAGProperty WLST command are only effective after your restart the managed server on which the activity graph application is deployed (WC_Utilities). For all other commands, configuration changes are effective immediately.

See also, "Managing Activity Graph" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-5 Activity Graph WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

exportAGMetadata

Export activity graph metadata definitions to an XML file.

Online

importAGMetadata

Import activity graph metadata definitions from an XML file.

Online

exportAGProviderConfiguration

Export provider configuration, for a given provider, to an activity graph metadata definition file.

Online

deleteAllAGMetadata

Delete all the activity graph metadata that is defined for an application.

Online

deleteAGAction

Delete the metadata for an action registered with activity graph.

Online

deleteAGNodeClass

Delete the metadata for a node class registered with activity graph.

Online

deleteAGSimilarityCalculation

Delete the metadata for a similarity calculation registered with activity graph.

Online

deleteAGRankCalculation

Delete the metadata for a rank calculation registered with activity graph.

Online

deleteAGProviderAssignment

Delete the metadata for a provider assignment registered with activity graph.

Online

deleteAGQRPPRegistration

Delete the metadata for a QRPP registered with activity graph.

Online

deleteAGProviderConfiguration

Delete the metadata for a provider configuration registered with activity graph.

Online

renameAGAction

Change the URN of an action registered with activity graph.

Online

renameAGNodeClass

Change the URN of a node class registered with activity graph.

Online

setAGProperty

Set a system property for activity graph.

Online

getAGProperty

Return the current setting for a given activity graph property.

Online

setAGPasswordCredential

Set credentials (user name and password) for an activity graph property.

Online


10.4.1 exportAGMetadata

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.1.1 Description

Exports activity graph metadata definitions to an XML file.

10.4.1.2 Syntax

exportAGMetadata(appName, directoryPath, definitionFileName, 
includeProviderConfigurations,[server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
directoryPath
Destination directory for the XML file that will be generated. If you specify a directory that does not exist then it will be created.
definitionFileName
Name for the XML file that will be generated. If a file with the same name exists in the destination directory then it will be overwritten.
includeProviderConfigurations
Determines whether the export includes provider configuration metadata. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

Provider configurations are a subset of activity graph metadata that you may want to manage separately from the other metadata.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.1.3 Example

The following example exports activity graph metadata definitions to an XML file named ag-metadata.xml, at the specified location:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportAGMetadata(appName='activitygraph-engines', 
directoryPath='/scratch/myAGmetadata', definitionFileName='ag-metadata.xml', includeProviderConfigurations=1)

10.4.2 importAGMetadata

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.2.1 Description

Imports activity graph metadata definitions from an XML file.

On import, new activity graph metadata definitions are created on the target and existing definitions are overwritten.

10.4.2.2 Syntax

importAGMetadata(appName, definitionFilePath, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
definitionFilePath
Relative path to the XML file containing metadata definitions. For example, metadata/import-metadata.xml.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.2.3 Example

The following example imports activity graph metadata definitions from a file name import-metadata.xml:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importAGMetadata(appName='activitygraph-engines', definitionFilePath='metadata/import-metadata.xml')

10.4.3 exportAGProviderConfiguration

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.3.1 Description

Exports provider configuration, for a given provider, to an activity graph metadata definition file.

10.4.3.2 Syntax

exportAGProviderConfiguration(appName, directoryPath, definitionFileName, urn, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
directoryPath
Destination directory for the XML file that will be generated. If you specify a directory that does not exist, then it will be created.
definitionFilePath
Name for the XML file that will be generated. If a file with the same name exists in the destination directory then it will be overwritten.
urn
URN for the activity graph provider to export. For example:

oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.analytics

Note there is an error in the WLST help. Bug

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.3.3 Example

The following example exports configuration information for the activity graph provider oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.analytics to an XML file named ag-provider-config.xml, at the specified location:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportAGProviderConfiguration(appName='activitygraph-engines', 
directoryPath='/scratch/myAGmetadata', 
definitionFileName='ag-provider-config.xml',
urn='oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.analytics')

10.4.4 deleteAllAGMetadata

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.4.1 Description

Deletes all the activity graph metadata that is defined for WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application. The delete operation is immediate and non-reversible.

You can use this command in conjunction with the WLST command importAGMetadata to completely re-install activity graph metadata.

Note:

Any data in the relation store, similarity store, and rank store will be deleted the next time the activity graph engines run.

10.4.4.2 Syntax

deleteAllAGMetadata(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.4.3 Example

The following example deletes all existing activity graph metadata:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteAllAGMetadata(appName='activitygraph-engines')

10.4.5 deleteAGAction

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.5.1 Description

Deletes the metadata for an action that is currently registered with activity graph. The delete operation is immediate and non-reversible.

Note:

Any data in the relation store that is associated with the action will be deleted the next time the activity graph engines run.

10.4.5.2 Syntax

deleteAGAction(appName, urn, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
urn
URN for the activity graph action that you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.5.3 Example

The following example deletes activity graph metadata for the connect action:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteAGAction(appName='activitygraph-engines', urn='connect')

10.4.6 deleteAGNodeClass

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.6.1 Description

Deletes the metadata for a node class that is currently registered with activity graph. The delete operation is immediate and non-reversible.

Note:

Any data in the relation store that is associated with the node class will be deleted the next time the activity graph engines run.

10.4.6.2 Syntax

deleteAGNodeClass(appName, urn, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
urn
URN for the activity graph node class that you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.6.3 Example

The following example deletes activity graph metadata for the node class WC.wiki-page:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteAGNodeClass(appName='activitygraph-engines', urn='WC.wiki-page')

10.4.7 deleteAGSimilarityCalculation

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.7.1 Description

Deletes the metadata for a similarity calculation that is currently registered with activity graph. The delete operation is immediate and non-reversible.

10.4.7.2 Syntax

deleteAGSimilarityCalculation(appName, urn, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
urn
URN for the activity graph similarity calculation that you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.7.3 Example

The following example deletes activity graph metadata for the similarity calculation item-edit:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteAGSimilarityCalculation(appName='activitygraph-engines', urn='item-edit')

10.4.8 deleteAGRankCalculation

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.8.1 Description

Deletes the metadata for a rank calculation that is currently registered with activity graph. The delete operation is immediate and non-reversible.

10.4.8.2 Syntax

deleteAGRankCalculation(appName, urn, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
urn
URN for the activity graph rank calculation that you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.8.3 Example

The following example deletes activity graph metadata for the activity-rank calculation:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteAGRankCalculation(appName='activitygraph-engines', urn='activity-rank')

10.4.9 deleteAGProviderAssignment

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.9.1 Description

Deletes the metadata for a provider assignment that is currently registered with activity graph, that is, a provider assignment defined by the unique triple combination (action, sourceClass, trgClass). The delete operation is immediate and non-reversible.

10.4.9.2 Syntax

deleteAGProviderAssignment(appName, actionURN, srcClasURN, trgClassURN [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
actionURN
URN for the action.
srcClassURN
URN for the source node class.
trgClassURN
URN for the target node class.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.9.3 Example

The following example deletes activity graph metadata for the provider assignment specified:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteAGRProviderAssignment(appName='activitygraph-engines', actionURN='connect', 
srcClassURN='WC.user', trgClassURN='WC.user')

10.4.10 deleteAGQRPPRegistration

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.10.1 Description

Deletes the metadata for a QRPP (Query Result Post Processor) that is currently registered with activity graph. The delete operation is immediate and non-reversible.

10.4.10.2 Syntax

deleteAGQRPPRegistration(appName, urn [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
urn
URN for the QRPP that you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.10.3 Example

The following example deletes activity graph metadata for a QRPP named Event store metadata QRPP:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteAGQRPPRegistration(appName='activitygraph-engines', urn='Event store metadata QRPP')

10.4.11 deleteAGProviderConfiguration

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.11.1 Description

Deletes the metadata for a provider configuration. The delete operation is immediate and non-reversible.

10.4.11.2 Syntax

deleteAGProviderConfiguration(appName, urn [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
urn
URN for the activity graph provider that you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.11.3 Example

The following example deletes configuration information for the activity graph provider oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.analytics:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteAGProviderConfiguration(appName='activitygraph-engines', urn='oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.analytics')

10.4.12 renameAGAction

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.12.1 Description

Changes the URN of an action that is currently registered with activity graph. Any data in the relation store that is associated with the action is preserved.

Note:

This command does not delete the action and create an action with a different name as this causes data associated with the original action to be deleted.

10.4.12.2 Syntax

renameAGAction(appName, currentURN, newURN,[server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
currentURN
Current action URN.
newURN
New action URN.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.12.3 Example

The following example changes the connect action URN to people-connect:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> renameAGAction(appName='activitygraph-engines',  currentURN='connect', newURN='people-connect')

10.4.13 renameAGNodeClass

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.13.1 Description

Changes the URN of a node class that is currently registered with activity graph. Any data in the relation store that is associated with the node class is preserved.

Note:

This command does not delete the node class and create a node class with a different name as this would cause data associated with the original node class to be deleted.

10.4.13.2 Syntax

renameAGNodeClass(appName, currentURN, newURN,[server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
currentURN
Current node class URN.
newURN
New node class URN.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.13.3 Example

The following example changes the WC.user node class URN to WC.people:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> renameAGNodeClass(appName='activitygraph-engines',  currentURN='WC.user', newURN='WC.people')

10.4.14 setAGProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.14.1 Description

Sets a system property for activity graph. This command sets a value based on the property's datatype (String, Integer, Float, Boolean).

Activity graph system properties include settings for:

  • Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) Admin API web service connection (oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.datasources.ses.soap.admin.url and oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.datasources.ses.soap.query.url)

  • Rank engine configuration (oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.rankengine.enabled)

See also, "Managing Activity Graph" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal for a list of system properties and their datatypes.

Configuration changes made using the setAGProperty WLST command are only effective after your restart the managed server on which the activity graph application is deployed (WC_Utilities).

10.4.14.2 Syntax

setAGProperty(appName, propertyName, propertyValue, propertyType,[server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
propertyName
Name of the activity graph property.
propertyValue
Value for the activity graph property.
propertyType
Datatype of the property. Valid values are: String, Int, Float or Boolean.

Values are case sensitive.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.14.3 Example

The following example enables the Rank Engine:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setAGProperty(appName='activitygraph-engines', 
propertyName='oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.rankengine.enabled', 
propertyValue=1, propertyType='Boolean')

10.4.15 getAGProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.15.1 Description

Returns the current setting for a given activity graph property.

See also, "Managing Activity Graph" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal for a list of valid system properties.

10.4.15.2 Syntax

getAGProperty(appName, propertyName, propertyType [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
propertyName
Name of the activity graph property.
propertyType
Datatype of the property. Valid values are: String, Int, Float or Boolean.

Values are case sensitive.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.15.3 Example

The following example returns the current value of the system property oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.datasources.ses.soap.admin.url:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>getAGProperty(appName='activitygraph-engines', 
propertyName='oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.datasources.ses.soap.admin.url', propertyType='String')

10.4.16 setAGPasswordCredential

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.4.16.1 Description

Sets credentials (user name and password) for an activity graph credential property.

See also, "Managing Activity Graph" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal for a list of properties with the PasswordCredential datatype, for example, oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.datasources.ses.soap.admin.credential.

10.4.16.2 Syntax

setAGPasswordCredentialProperty(appName, propertyName, userName, password,[server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the activity graph application in which to perform this operation—always activitygraph-engines.
propertyName
Name of the activity graph property that specifies credentials (and has PasswordCredential datatype).
userName
User name associated with the credential property.
password
Password associated with the user name specified.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Utilities.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.4.16.3 Example

The following example sets user name and password credentials for the Oracle SES Admin tool:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setAGProperty(appName='activitygraph-engines', 
propertyName='oracle.webcenter.activitygraph.providers.datasources.ses.soap.admin.credential', 
userName='eqsys', password='mypassword')

10.5 Activity Stream

Use the commands listed in Table 10-6 to archive and restore activity stream data generated for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-6 Activity Stream WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

archiveASByDate

Archive activity stream data that is older than a specified date.

Online

archiveASByDeletedObjects

Archive activity stream data associated with deleted objects.

Online

archiveASByClosedSpaces

Archive activity stream data associated with portals that are currently closed.

Online

archiveASByInactiveSpaces

Archive activity stream data associated with portals that have been inactive since a specified date.

Online

restoreASByDate

Restore archived activity stream data from a specified date into production tables.

Online

truncateASArchive

Truncates activity stream archive data.

Online

archiveASBySpace

Archive activity stream data associated with a portal.

Online

archiveASAllSpaces

Archive activity stream data associated with all portals.

Online

archiveASByUser

Archive activity stream data associated with a user.

Online

archiveASAllUsers

Archive activity stream data associated with all users.

Online

archiveASByDeletedActors

Archive activity stream data associated with deleted actors.

Online

showASStatistics

Report activity stream statistics.

Online


10.5.1 archiveASByDate

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.1.1 Description

Archives activity stream data that is older than a specified date.

This command moves data from production tables to archive tables. Exceptions include WC_ACTOR_DETAIL and WC_OBJECT_DETAIL—data in these tables is copied to archive tables rather than moved.

Rows in WC_OBJECT_DETAIL that are not used by any activity element are deleted.

10.5.1.2 Syntax

archiveASByDate(appName, year, month, day, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

year
Year before which to archive activity stream data. For example, 2009.
month
Month before which to archive activity stream data. For example, enter 1 for January, 2 for February, and so on.
day
Day of the month before which to archive activity stream data.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.1.3 Example

The following example archives activity stream data that is older than October 1, 2009 for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASByDate(appName='webcenter', year=2009, month=10, day=1)

10.5.2 archiveASByDeletedObjects

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.2.1 Description

Archives activity stream data associated with deleted objects.This command moves data from production tables to archive tables, except for WC_ACTOR_DETAIL as data in this table is copied to the archive table rather than moved.

Rows in WC_OBJECT_DETAIL that satisfy the criteria (in this case, deleted objects) are deleted.

10.5.2.2 Syntax

archiveASByDeletedObjects(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.2.3 Example

The following example archives activity stream data associated with deleted objects from WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASByDeletedObjects(appName='webcenter')

10.5.3 archiveASByClosedSpaces

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.3.1 Description

Archives activity stream data associated with portals that are currently closed.

This command moves data from production tables to archive tables, except for WC_ACTOR_DETAIL as data in this table is copied to the archive table rather than moved.

Rows in WC_OBJECT_DETAIL that satisfy the criteria (in this case, objects involved in activities of portals that are closed) are deleted.

10.5.3.2 Syntax

archiveASByClosedSpaces(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.3.3 Example

The following example archives activity stream data associated with portals that are currently marked as closed in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASByClosedSpaces(appName='webcenter')

10.5.4 archiveASByInactiveSpaces

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.4.1 Description

Archives activity stream data associated with portals that have been inactive since a specified date. An inactive portals an open or closed portal in which there has been no activity since the specified date.

This command moves data from production tables to archive tables, except for WC_ACTOR_DETAIL—data in this table is copied to the archive table rather than moved.Rows in WC_OBJECT_DETAIL that satisfy the criteria (in this case, objects involved in activities of portals that have been inactive since the specified date) are deleted.

10.5.4.2 Syntax

archiveASByInactiveSpaces(appName, year, month, day, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

year
Year the portal became inactive. For example, 2009.
month
Month the portal became inactive. For example, enter 1 for January, 2 for February, and so on.
day
Day of the month the portal became inactive.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.4.3 Example

The following example archives activity stream data associated with portals that have been inactive (no activities have occurred, regardless of open or closed status) since October 1, 2009:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASByInactiveSpaces(appName='webcenter', year=2009, month=10, day=1)

10.5.5 restoreASByDate

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.5.1 Description

Restores archived activity stream data from a specified date into production tables.

This command moves data from archive tables to production tables, except for WC_ACTOR_DETAIL as data in this table is not restored because data is not deleted from this table during the archive process.

Rows that already exist in the production tables are not changed during the restore process.

10.5.5.2 Syntax

restoreASByDate(appName, year, month, day, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

year
Year from which to restore activity stream data.

For example, 2009.

month
Month from which to restore activity stream data.

For example, enter 1 for January, 2 for February, and so on.

day
Day of the month from which to restore activity stream data.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.5.3 Example

The following example restores activity stream data archived since October 1, 2009:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>restoreASByDate(appName='webcenter', year=2009, month=10, day=1)

10.5.6 truncateASArchive

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.6.1 Description

Truncates activity stream archive data.

10.5.6.2 Syntax

truncateASArchive(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.6.3 Example

The following example truncates activity stream archive data:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>truncateASArchive(appName='webcenter')

10.5.7 archiveASBySpace

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.7.1 Description

Archives activity stream data associated with a named portal, only keeping a fixed number of activities.

This command moves data from production tables to archive tables.

10.5.7.2 Syntax

archiveASBySpace(appName, space, cnt, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

space
Name of the portal whose data you want to archive. For example, MySalesPortal.
cnt
Number of portal activities you want to keep in the production table. For example, 2000.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.7.3 Example

The following example keeps the last 2000 activities associated with the portal MySalesPortal and archives the rest:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASBySpace(appName='webcenter', space='MySalesPortal', cnt=2000)

10.5.8 archiveASAllSpaces

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.8.1 Description

Archives activity stream data for all portals, only keeping a fixed number of activities.

This command moves data from production tables to archive tables.

10.5.8.2 Syntax

archiveASAllSpaces(appName, cnt, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

cnt
Number of portal activities you want to keep in the production table. For example, 2000.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.8.3 Example

The following example keeps the last 2000 activities for each portal in production tables and archives the remaining activity stream data:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASAllSpaces(appName='webcenter', cnt=2000)

10.5.9 archiveASByUser

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.9.1 Description

Archives activity stream data associated with a single user, only keeping a fixed number of activities.

This command moves data from production tables to archive tables.

10.5.9.2 Syntax

archiveASByUser(appName, actor, cnt, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

actor
Name of the user whose data you want to archive. For example, Monty.
cnt
Number of user activities you want to keep in the production table. For example, 2000.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.9.3 Example

The following example keeps the last 2000 activities associated with the user Monty and archives the rest:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASByUser(appName='webcenter', actor='Monty', cnt=2000)

10.5.10 archiveASAllUsers

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.10.1 Description

Archives activity stream data for all users, only keeping a fixed number of activities.

This command moves data from production tables to archive tables.

10.5.10.2 Syntax

archiveASAllUsers(appName, cnt, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

cnt
Number of user activities you want to keep in the production table. For example, 2000.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.10.3 Example

The following example keeps the last 2000 activities for user in production tables and archives the remaining activity stream data:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASAllUsers(appName='webcenter', cnt=2000)

10.5.11 archiveASByDeletedActors

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.11.1 Description

Archives activity stream data associated with deleted users (actors).

This command moves data from production tables to archive tables.Rows in WC_AS_ACTOR_DETAIL that satisfy the criteria (in this case, deleted actors) are deleted.

10.5.11.2 Syntax

archiveASByDeletedActors(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.11.3 Example

The following example archives activity stream data associated with deleted users for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> archiveASByDeletedActors(appName='webcenter')

10.5.12 showASStatistics

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.5.12.1 Description

Reports various activity stream statistics:

  • Number of activities for top "N" portals, ordered by activity count

  • Number of activities for top "N" users, order ed by activity count

  • Number of activities after a specific date

  • Number of activities after a specific date for top "N" portals, ordered by activity count

  • number of activities after a specified date for top "N" users, ordered by activity count

10.5.12.2 Syntax

showASStatistics(appName, year, month, day, cnt, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

year
Year from which to report activity stream statistics.

For example, 2009.

month
Month from which to report activity stream statistics.

For example, enter 1 for January, 2 for February, and so on.

day
Day of the month from which to report activity stream statistics.
cnt
Number of portals or users included in the report. For example, 50.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.5.12.3 Example

The following example reports activity stream statistics for the top 50 portals and top 50 users in WebCenter Portal (webcenter) since 6/12/2012:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> showASStatistics(appName='webcenter', year=2012, month=7, day=18, cnt=3)

============================================================
 Cutoff Date = 7/18/12 12:23 PM 
 Top Count = 3 

 1. Portals with most activity count are: 
 Portal Finance Count =10 
 Portal Photography Count =9 
 Portal Sport Count =7 

 2. Users with most activity count are: 
 User Monty Count =30 
 User Pat Count =20 
 User Dave Count =10 

 3. Total Activities after 7/18/12 12:23 PM =80 

 4. Portals with most activity count after specific date, are: 
 Portal Photography Count =9 
 Portal Finance Count =6 
 Portal Sport Count =6 

 5. Users with most activity count after specific date, are: 
 User Monty Count =10 
 User Dave Count =8 
 User Monica Count =7 

10.6 Content Repository

Use the commands listed in Table 10-7 to manage content repository connections and configure document services for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-7 Content Repository WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createJCRContentServerConnection

Create a connection to an Oracle WebCenter Content repository.

Online

setJCRContentServerConnection

Edit an existing Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

Online

listJCRContentServerConnections

List individual or all Oracle WebCenter Content repository connections that are configured for a named application.

Online

createJCRPortalConnection

Create an Oracle Portal repository connection.

Online

setJCRPortalConnection

Edit an existing Oracle Portal repository connection.

Online

listJCRPortalConnections

List all Oracle Portal connections that are configured for a named application.

Online

createJCRFileSystemConnection

Create a connection to a file system.

Online

setJCRFileSystemConnection

Edit an existing file system repository connection.

Online

listJCRFileSystemConnections

List individual or all file system connections configured for a named application.

Online

createJCRSharePointConnection

Create a Microsoft SharePoint 2007 repository connection.

Online

setJCRSharePointConnection

Edit a Microsoft SharePoint 2007 repository connection.

Online

listJCRSharePointConnections

List all Microsoft SharePoint 2007 connections that are configured for a named application.

Online

listDocumentsSpacesProperties

List properties for the back-end Content Server that is being used by WebCenter Portal.

Online

setDocumentsSpacesProperties

Modify properties for the back-end Content Server used by WebCenter Portal.

Online

deleteDocumentsSpacesProperties

Delete properties for the back-end Content Server used by WebCenter Portal.

Online

exportFoldersGData

Export Folders_g data to a specified location.

Online

migrateFoldersGDataToFrameworkFolders

Migrate Folders_g data to FrameworkFolders.

Online


10.6.1 createJCRContentServerConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.1.1 Description

Creates a connection to an Oracle WebCenter Content repository for a named application.

10.6.1.2 Syntax

createJCRContentServerConnection(appName, name, socketType, [url, serverHost, 
serverPort, keystoreLocation, keystorePassword, privateKeyAlias, 
privateKeyPassword, webContextRoot, clientSecurityPolicy, cacheInvalidationInterval, binaryCacheMaxEntrySize, 
adminUsername, adminPassword, extAppId, timeout, isPrimary, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
socketType
Specifies whether Oracle WebCenter Content's Content Server connects on the content server listener port or the web server filter, and whether the listener port is SSL enabled.

Valid values are socket, web, socketssl, and jaxws. This option has no default.

Choose from:

  • socket—Use an intradoc socket connection to connect to the Content Server. The client IP address must be added to the list of authorized addresses in the Content Server. In this case, the client is the machine on which Oracle WebCenter Portal is running.

  • socketssl—Use an intradoc socket connection to connect to the Content Server that is secured using the SSL protocol. The client's certificates must be imported in the server's trust store for the connection to be allowed. This is the most secure option, and the recommended option whenever identity propagation is required (for example, in WebCenter Portal).

  • web—Use an HTTP(S) connection to connect to the Content Server. Note that for WebCenter Portal, this option is not suitable for the active connection, that is, the back-end Content Server. repository that is being used to store portal-specific documents and Home portal documents, because it does not allow identity propagation.

  • jaxws—Use a Java API for XML web services connection to connect to the Content Server.

url
Optional. Content Server URL. Required only if socketType is set to web or jaxws.

URL should be in the format:

http://hostname:port/web_root/plugin_root

For example: http://mycontentserver/cms/idcplg

serverHost
Optional. Host name of the machine where the Content Server is running. Required if socketType is set to socket or socketssl.
serverPort
Optional. Port on which the Content Server listens. Required if socketType is set to socket or socketssl:
  • Socket—Port specified for the incoming provider in the server.

  • Socket SSL—Port specified for the sslincoming provider in the server.

This property corresponds to the IntradocServerPort setting in the Content Server configuration file, which defaults to port 4444.

keystoreLocation
Optional. Location of key store that contains the private key used to sign the security assertions. Required only if socketType is set to socketssl.

The key store location must be an absolute path.

keystorePassword
Optional. Password required to access the key store. Required only if socketType is set to socketssl.
privateKeyAlias
Optional. Client private key alias in the key store. The key is used to sign messages to the server. The public key corresponding to this private key must be imported in the server keystore.

Required only if socketType is set to socketssl. The value for this argument must be a string that contains neither special characters nor white space.

privateKeyPassword
Optional. Password to be used with the private key alias in the key store. Required only if socketType is set to socketssl.
webContextRoot
Optional. Web server context root for the Content Server. Use the format /<context_root>. For example, /cs.

When specified, several Oracle WebCenter Content features based on iFrame are available in the application. This includes:

  • Associating a content profile with files when uploading new or updated files to Content Server.

    For more information, see "Uploading New Files" and "Uploading a New Version of an Existing File" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Using Oracle WebCenter Portal.

  • Using the document review functionality available in Oracle AutoVue.

    For more information, see "Collaborating on Documents Using Oracle AutoVue" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Using Oracle WebCenter Portal.

  • Editing advanced document properties.

    For more information, see "Working with File Properties" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Using Oracle WebCenter Portal.

  • Viewing folder and file workflow details.

    For more information, see "Working with Workflow-Enabled Content" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Using Oracle WebCenter Portal.

  • Previewing files in a slide viewer.

    For more information, see "Opening a File" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Using Oracle WebCenter Portal.

  • Site Studio integration

    For more information, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Using Oracle WebCenter Portal.

webContextRoot is only applicable when IDENTITY_PROPAGATION is used for authentication, that is, when extAppId is set to an empty string.

Note: To fully enable these Oracle WebCenter Content features you must access WebCenter Portal (or your Portal Framework application) through Oracle HTTPS Server (OHS) to expose Content Server and the application under the same host and port. Both the application and Content Server must also use single sign on. For information about setting up OHS to front-end WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications, see "Content Server - Configuration" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

If your application is connected to multiple Content Servers, Oracle recommends that each Content Server has a unique Web Server Context Root so that OHS re-direction works correctly.

clientSecurityPolicy
Optional. Client security policy to be used when the socketType is jaxws. For example: oracle/wss11_saml_token_with_message_protection_service_policy

Leave the field blank if your environment supports Global Policy Attachments (GPA).

cacheInvalidationInterval
Optional. Time between checks for external Content Server content changes (in minutes). WebCenter Portal automatically clears items that have changed from the cache. The minimum interval is 2 minutes.

By default, cache invalidation is disabled (specified as 0) which means that no periodic checks are made for content changes.

binaryCacheMaxEntrySize
Optional. Maximum cacheable size (in bytes) for Content Server binary documents. Documents larger than this size are not cached by WebCenter Portal or Portal Framework applications.

Default is 102400 bytes (100K).

Tune this value based on your machine's memory configuration and the types of binary documents that you expect to cache. Be aware that, unless Coherence is enabled, there is no maximum total size for the cache.

If you are using Coherence you can additionally specify the total amount of memory to be used for binary caches. For this reason, using Coherence for any type of production environment is strongly recommended, and is a requirement for High Availability (HA) environments. For more information, see the "Modifying Cache Settings for Content Presenter" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Most documents stored in Content Server are considered binary content, that is, images, plain text, Word documents, and so on. The only exception is Site Studio content which is stored in CDF data files and cached separately in a Virtual Content Repository (VCR) cache (or node cache).

adminUsername
Optional. User name with administrative rights for this Content Server instance. This user will be used to fetch content type information based on profiles and track document changes for cache invalidation purpose.

Defaults to sysadmin.

adminPassword
Optional. Password for the Content Server administrator specified in adminUsername. Required when socketType is set to web.
extAppId
Optional. External application used to authenticate users against the Content Server. This value should match the name of an existing external application connection. See also listExtAppConnections. If extAppId is not set, no change is made to the authentication method or external application ID.

If extAppId is set to an empty string, the authentication method used is IDENTITY_PROPAGATION. With this method, the application and Content Server use the same identity store to authenticate users. Note that extAppID is mandatory when socketType is set to web.

timeout
Length of time allowed to log in to the Content Server (in ms) before issuing a connection timeout message, and the RIDC socket timeout used for all service requests for connection types web, socket and socketssl.

If the timeout property is not set, the following values are used:

  • Login timeout - the default concurrency timeout for the oracle.webcenter.content resource is used (30s or 30000ms). Refer to "Configuring Concurrency Management" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Performance and Tuning Guide for more information.

  • RIDC socket timeout - the default RIDC socket timeout (60s or 60000ms) is used for all service requests for connection types socket, socketssl, or web.

If the timeout property is set and the connection type is socket, socketssl, or web, Oracle recommends that you do not specify a value less than 60000ms as this would reduce the RIDC socket timeout and increase the likelihood that long running requests will time out. For example, timeouts may occur during long running searches, long file uploads, or long copy operations.

isPrimary
Optional. Valid string values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

1 specifies that this connection is the primary connection used for document services.

This argument defaults to 0. When omitted or set to 0, the primary connection used for documents does not change.

In WebCenter Portal, the primary connection is used to store portal-specific content and Home portal content.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.1.3 Examples

The following example creates a socket-based connection to an Oracle WebCenter Content repository running on myhost.com at port 4444. For authentication purposes, an existing external application named myExtApp is used. See also, createExtAppConnection.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createJCRContentServerConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myContentServerConnection', socketType='socket', 
serverHost='myhost.com', serverPort=4444, extAppId='myExtApp', 
isPrimary=1)

The following example creates an SSL socket-based connection to an Oracle WebCenter Content repository.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createJCRContentServerConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myContentServerConnection', socketType='socketssl', 
serverHost='myhost.com', serverPort=4444, keystoreLocation='d:/keys/here', keystorePassword='AlphaSquad7', 
privateKeyAlias='enigma', privateKeyPassword='S0larPl3x1s', 
extAppId='myExtApp')

The following example creates a JAX-WS (Java API for XML web services) connection to an Oracle WebCenter Content repository:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createJCRContentServerConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myContentServerConnection', socketType='jaxws', url='http://myhost.com:9044/idcnativews', clientSecurityPolicy='oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy')

10.6.2 setJCRContentServerConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.2.1 Description

Edits an existing Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection. This command requires that you specify values for appName and name, plus one additional argument.

10.6.2.2 Syntax

setJCRContentServerConnection(appName, name, [socketType, url, serverHost, 
serverPort, keystoreLocation, keystorePassword, privateKeyAlias, 
privateKeyPassword, webContextRoot, clientSecurityPolicy, 
cacheInvalidationInterval, binaryCacheMaxEntrySize, adminUsername, adminPassword, 
extAppId, timeout, isPrimary, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.
socketType
Optional. Specifies whether the Oracle WebCenter Content's Content Server connects on the content server listener port or the web server filter, and whether the listener port is SSL enabled.

Valid values are socket, web, and socketssl. This option has no default.

Choose from:

  • socket—Use an intradoc socket connection to connect to the Content Server. The client IP address must be added to the list of authorized addresses in the Content Server. In this case, the client is the machine on which Oracle WebCenter Portal is running.

  • socketssl—Use an intradoc socket connection to connect to the Content Server that is secured using the SSL protocol. The client's certificates must be imported in the server's trust store for the connection to be allowed. This is the most secure option, and the recommended option whenever identity propagation is required (for example, in WebCenter Portal).

  • web—Use an HTTP(S) connection to connect to the Content Server. Note that for WebCenter Portal, this option is not suitable for the active connection, that is, the back-end Content Server. repository that is being used to store portal-specific documents and Home portal documents, because it does not allow identity propagation.

  • jaxws—Use a Java API for XML web services connection to connect to the Content Server.

url
Optional. Content Server URL. Required only if socketType is set to web or jaxws.

URL should be in the format:

http://hostname:port/web_root/plugin_root

For example: http://mycontentserver/cms/idcplg

serverHost
Optional. Host name of the machine where the Content Server is running. Required if socketType is set to socket or socketssl.
serverPort
Optional. Port on which the Content Server listens. Required if socketType is set to socket or socketssl:
  • Socket—Port specified for the incoming provider in the server.

  • Socket SSL—Port specified for the sslincoming provider in the server.

For example, 4444

keystoreLocation
Optional. Location of key store that contains the private key used to sign the security assertions. Required only if socketType is set to socketssl.

The key store location must be an absolute path.

keystorePassword
Optional. Password required to access the key store. Required only if socketType is set to socketssl.
privateKeyAlias
Optional. Client private key alias in the key store. Required only if socketType is set to socketssl.

The value for this argument must be a string that contains neither special characters nor white space.

privateKeyPassword
Optional. Password to be used with the private key alias in the key store. Required only if socketType is set to socketssl.
webContextRoot
Optional. Web server context root for the Content Server. Use the format /<context_root>. For example, /cs.

When specified, several Oracle WebCenter Content features based on iFrame, such as previewing files in a slide viewer, are available in WebCenter Portal or the Portal Framework application.

Note: To fully enable these features you must access WebCenter Portal or the Portal Framework application through Oracle HTTPS Server (OHS) to expose Content Server and the application under the same host and port. In addition, both the application and the Content Server must use single sign on. For information about setting up OHS to front-end WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications, see "Content Server - Configuration" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

webContextRoot is only applicable when IDENTITY_PROPAGATION is used for authentication, that is, when extAppId is set to an empty string.

clientSecurityPolicy
Optional. Client security policy to be used when the socketType is jaxws. For example: oracle/wss11_saml_token_with_message_protection_service_policy

Leave the field blank if your environment supports Global Policy Attachments (GPA).

cacheInvalidationInterval
Optional. Time between checks for external Content Server content changes (in minutes). WebCenter Portal automatically clears items that have changed from the cache. The minimum interval is 2 minutes.

By default, cache invalidation is disabled (specified as 0) which means that no periodic checks are made for content changes.

binaryCacheMaxEntrySize
Optional. Maximum cacheable size (in bytes) for Content Server binary documents. Documents larger than this size are not cached by WebCenter Portal or the Portal Framework application. Defaults is 102400 bytes (100K).

Tune this value based on your machine's memory configuration and the types of binary documents that you expect to cache. Be aware that, unless Coherence is enabled, there is no maximum total size for the cache.

If you are using Coherence you can additionally specify the total amount of memory to be used for binary caches. For this reason, using Coherence for any type of production environment is strongly recommended, and is a requirement for High Availability (HA) environments. For more information, see the "Modifying Cache Settings for Content Presenter" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Most documents stored in Content Server are considered binary content, that is, images, plain text, Word documents, and so on. The only exception is Site Studio content which is stored in CDF data files and cached separately in a Virtual Content Repository (VCR) cache (or node cache).

adminUsername
Optional. User name with administrative rights for this Content Server instance. This user will be used to fetch content type information based on profiles and track document changes for cache invalidation purpose.

Defaults to sysadmin.

adminPassword
Optional. Password for the Content Server administrator specified in adminUsername. Required when socketType is set to web.
extAppId
Optional. External application used to authenticate users against the Content Server. This value should match the name of an existing external application connection. See also listExtAppConnections. If extAppId is not set, no change is made to the authentication method or external application ID.

If extAppId is set to an empty string, the authentication method used is IDENTITY_PROPAGATION. With this method, the application and Content Server use the same identity store to authenticate users.

timeout
Length of time allowed to log in to the Content Server (in ms) before issuing a connection timeout message, and the RIDC socket timeout used for all service requests for connection types web, socket and socketssl.

If the timeout property is not set, the following values are used:

  • Login timeout - the default concurrency timeout for the oracle.webcenter.content resource is used (30s or 30000ms). Refer to "Configuring Concurrency Management" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Performance and Tuning Guide for more information.

  • RIDC socket timeout - the default RIDC socket timeout (60s or 60000ms) is used for all service requests for connection types socket, socketssl, or web.

If the timeout property is set and the connection type is socket, socketssl, or web, Oracle recommends that you do not specify a value less than 60000ms as this would reduce the RIDC socket timeout and increase the likelihood that long running requests will time out. For example, timeouts may occur during long running searches, long file uploads, or long copy operations.

isPrimary
Optional. Valid string values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

1 specifies that this connection is the primary connection used for document services in the application.

This argument defaults to 0. When omitted or set to 0, the primary connection used for documents does not change.

In WebCenter Portal, the primary connection is used to store portal-specific content and Home portal content.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.2.3 Examples

The following example edits a socket-based connection to an Oracle WebCenter Content repository.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setJCRContentServerConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myContentServerConnection', socketType='socket', 
serverHost='myhost.com',  serverPort=4444, 
extAppId='myExtApp', isPrimary=1)

The following example edits an SSL socket-based connection to an Oracle WebCenter Content repository.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setJCRContentServerConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myContentServerConnection', socketType='socketssl', 
serverHost='myhost.com', serverPort=8443, 
keystoreLocation='d:/keys/here', keystorePassword='T0PS3CR3T', 
privateKeyAlias='TekJansen', privateKeyPassword='LadyNocturne', 
extAppId='myExtApp', isPrimary=1)

The following example edits a JAX-WS (Java API for XML web services) connection to an Oracle WebCenter Content repository:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setJCRContentServerConnection(appName='webcenter', 
socketType='jaxws', url='http://myhost.com:9044/idcnativews', 
clientSecurityPolicy='oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy')

10.6.3 listJCRContentServerConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.3.1 Description

Without any arguments, this command lists all of the Oracle WebCenter Content repository connections that are configured for a named application.

10.6.3.2 Syntax

listJCRContentServerConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays content repository connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0(false).

When set to 1, listJCRContentServerConnections lists all Oracle WebCenter Content repository connections that are configured for the named application, along with their details.

When set to 0, only connection names are listed.

This argument defaults to 0.

name
Optional. Name of an existing Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

When specified you can view connection details for a specific Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection. If you supply a value for name, you must supply a value for verbose.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.3.3 Examples

The following example lists Oracle WebCenter Content repository connections configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listJCRContentServerConnections(appName='webcenter')

The following example lists all properties of the Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection named myContentServerConnection1. The connection named myContentServerConnection1 must exist and be an Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection. If, for example, you specify an Oracle Portal connection, the properties are not listed and an error displays.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listJCRContentServerConnections(appName='webcenter', 
verbose=1, name='myContentServerConnection1')

10.6.4 createJCRPortalConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.4.1 Description

Creates an Oracle Portal repository connection for a named application.

10.6.4.2 Syntax

createJCRPortalConnection(appName, name, dataSource, [extAppId, isPrimary, timeout, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
dataSource
JNDI DataSource location used to connect to the portal. For example: jdbc/MyPortalDS

The datasource must be on the server where the application is deployed.

extAppId
Optional. External application used to authenticate users against Oracle Portal. This value should match the name of an existing external application connection. See also listExtAppConnections. If extAppId is not set, no change is made to the authentication method or external application ID.

If extAppId is set to an empty string, the authentication method used is IDENTITY_PROPAGATION. With this method, the application and Oracle Portal use the same identity store to authenticate users.

timeout
Optional. Length of time allowed to log in to Oracle Portal (in ms) before issuing a connection timeout message.

If no timeout is set, the default concurrency timeout for the oracle.webcenter.content resource is used (30s or 30000ms). Refer to "Configuring Concurrency Management" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Performance and Tuning Guide for more information.

isPrimary
Optional. Valid string values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

1 specifies that this connection is the primary connection used for document services in the application.

This argument defaults to 0. When omitted or set to 0, the primary connection used for documents does not change.

In WebCenter Portal, the primary connection must be an Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.4.3 Example

The following example creates a Oracle Portal connection named myPortalConnection using the data source jdbc/portalDS and specifies that an external application, named myExtApp, is used for authentication:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createJCRPortalConnection(appName='myApp',
name='myPortalConnection', dataSource='jdbc/portalDS', extAppId='myExtApp', 
isPrimary=1)

10.6.5 setJCRPortalConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.5.1 Description

Edits an existing Oracle Portal connection. This command requires that you specify values for either the dataSource or isPrimary argument.

10.6.5.2 Syntax

setJCRPortalConnection(appName, name, [dataSource, extAppId, timeout, isPrimary, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing Oracle Portal connection.
dataSource
Optional. JNDI DataSource location used to connect to the portal. For example: jdbc/MyPortalDS

The datasource must be on the server where the application is deployed.

extAppId
Optional. External application used to authenticate users against Oracle Portal. This value should match the name of an existing external application connection. See also listExtAppConnections. If extAppId is not set, no change is made to the authentication method or external application ID.

If extAppId is set to an empty string, the authentication method used is IDENTITY_PROPAGATION. With this method, the application and Oracle Portal use the same identity store to authenticate users.

timeout
Optional. Length of time allowed to log in to Oracle Portal (in ms) before issuing a connection timeout message.

If no timeout is set, the default concurrency timeout for the oracle.webcenter.content resource is used (30s or 30000ms). Refer to "Configuring Concurrency Management" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Performance and Tuning Guide for more information.

isPrimary
Optional. Valid string values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

1 specifies that this connection is the primary connection used for document services in the application.

This argument defaults to 0. When omitted or set to 0, the primary connection used for documents does not change.

In WebCenter Portal, the primary connection must be an Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.5.3 Example

The following example edits Oracle Portal repository connection details:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setJCRPortalConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myPortalConnection', dataSource='/newPortalDS', extAppId='myExtApp', 
isPrimary=0)

10.6.6 listJCRPortalConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.6.1 Description

Without any arguments, this command lists all of the Oracle Portal connections that are configured for a named application.

10.6.6.2 Syntax

listJCRPortalConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays content repository connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listJCRPortalConnections lists all Oracle Portal connections that are configured for the application, along with their details.

When set to 0, only connection names are listed.

This argument defaults to 0.

name
Optional. Name of an existing Oracle Portal connection. When specified you can view connection details for a specific Oracle Portal connection. If you supply a value for name, you must supply a value for verbose.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.6.3 Example

The following example lists all of the Oracle Portal connections that are configured for a WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listJCRPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', 
verbose=1, name='myPortalConnection')

10.6.7 createJCRFileSystemConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.7.1 Description

Creates a connection to a file system repository.

Note:

File system connections must not be used in production or enterprise application deployments. This feature is provided for development purposes only.

10.6.7.2 Syntax

createJCRFileSystemConnection(appName, name, path, [isPrimary, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
path
Full path to a folder whose contents you want to expose through this file system connection.

For example, if you have a folder called C:\ProjectDocuments and you want to expose content under that folder in your application, you need to specify this folder as the path argument to this command.

isPrimary
Optional. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

1 specifies that this connection is the primary connection used for document services.

When set to 0, and when the specified connection is the primary connection used for document services, the primary connection is reset. If this parameter is not set, the primary connection used for document services does not change. This argument has no default.

In WebCenter Portal, the primary connection must be an Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.7.3 Example

The following example creates a connection to a file system repository.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createJCRFileSystemConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='FSAConnection', path='C:\\ProjectDocuments')

10.6.8 setJCRFileSystemConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.8.1 Description

Edits an existing file system repository connection. This command requires that you specify values for either the path or isPrimary arguments.

Note:

File system connections must not be used in production or enterprise application deployments. This feature is provided for development purposes only.

10.6.8.2 Syntax

setJCRFileSystemConnection(appName, name, [path, isPrimary, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name for the connection to be used for document services.
path
Full path to a folder whose contents you want to expose through this file system connection.

For example, if you have a folder called C:\ProjectDocuments and you want to expose content under that folder in your application, you need to specify this folder as the path argument to this command.

isPrimary
Optional. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

1 specifies that this connection is the primary connection used for document services.

When set to 0, and when the specified connection is the primary connection used for document services, the primary connection is reset. If this parameter is not set, the primary connection used for document services does not change. This argument has no default.

In WebCenter Portal, the primary connection must be an Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.8.3 Example

The following example edits connection details for a file system repository.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setJCRFileSystemConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='FSAConnection', path='C:\\ProjectDocuments')

10.6.9 listJCRFileSystemConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.9.1 Description

Without any arguments, this command lists all of the file system connections that are configured for a named application.

Note:

File system connections must not be used in production or enterprise application deployments. This feature is provided for development purposes only.

10.6.9.2 Syntax

listJCRFileSystemConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays content repository connection details in verbose mode.

Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listJCRFileSystemConnections lists all file system connections that are configured for a named application, along with their details.

When set to 0, only connection names are listed.

This argument defaults to 0.

name
Optional. Name of an existing file system connection. When specified you can view connection details for a specific file system connection. If you supply a value for name, you must supply a value for verbose.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.9.3 Examples

The following example lists all of the file system connections that are configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listJCRFileSystemConnections(appName='webcenter')

The following example lists all of the file system connections that are configured, in verbose mode:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listJCRFileSystemConnections(appName='webcenter', 
verbose=1)

10.6.10 createJCRSharePointConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.10.1 Description

Creates a connection to a Microsoft SharePoint 2007 repository for a named application.

10.6.10.2 Syntax

createJCRSharePointConnection(appName, name, url, [likeLimit, extAppId, timeout, isPrimary, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
url
Web address of the SharePoint site to which you want to connect.

For example, if the SharePoint site address is http://mysharepoint.mycompany.com, enter this value for the url argument.

likeLimit
Optional. Number of characters the LIKE operator matches. The default is 64.

The SharePoint query language can use a LIKE keyword to constrain URL queries (document paths) that match a search pattern. By default, the LIKE operator supports a pattern match on strings up to 64 characters. Use this argument to specify a different character limit (any positive integer between 1 and 64) or enter likeLimit=0 to disable the LIKE limit, that is, always send the full query string to the Microsoft SharePoint server.

As Oracle recommends the default value (64), there is no need to specify this argument when you create a connection using the WLST command createJCRSharePointConnection.

Note: Only specify a value above 64 if your SharePoint instance supports LIKE queries on URLs greater than 64 characters.

extAppId
Optional. External application used to authenticate users against the SharePoint repository. This value should match the name of an existing external application connection. See also listExtAppConnections.

If extAppId is not set, the SharePoint repository connection will not work.

extAppId can be set or changed at any time using the setJCRSharePointConnection command.

timeout
Optional. Length of time allowed to log in to the SharePoint repository (in ms) before issuing a connection timeout message.

If no timeout is set, the default concurrency timeout for the oracle.webcenter.content resource is used (30s or 30000ms). Refer to "Configuring Concurrency Management" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Performance and Tuning Guide for more information.

isPrimary
Optional. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

1 specifies that this connection is the primary connection used for document services.

The argument defaults to 0. If this parameter is omitted, the primary connection used for document services does not change.

In WebCenter Portal, the primary connection must be an Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.10.3 Example

The following example creates a connection to a Microsoft SharePoint site.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createJCRSharePointConnection(appName='webcenter', name='MySPConnection', url='http://mysharepoint.mycompany.com', extAppId='myExtApp')

10.6.11 setJCRSharePointConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.11.1 Description

Edits an existing Microsoft SharePoint 2007 repository connection. This command requires that you specify values for appName and name, plus at least one additional argument.

10.6.11.2 Syntax

setJCRSharePointConnection(appName, name, [url, likeLimit, extAppId, timeout, isPrimary, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing SharePoint connection.
url
Optional. Web address of the SharePoint site to which you want to connect.

For example, if the SharePoint site address is http://mysharepoint.mycompany.com, enter this value for the url argument.

likeLimit
Optional. Number of characters the LIKE operator matches. The default is 64.

The SharePoint query language can use a LIKE keyword to constrain URL queries (document paths) that match a search pattern. By default, the LIKE operator supports a pattern match on strings up to 64 characters. Use this argument to specify a different character limit (any positive integer between 1 and 64) or enter likeLimit=0 to disable the LIKE limit, that is, always send the full query string to the Microsoft SharePoint server.

Oracle recommends the default value (64). The default is suitable in most instances so, typically, there is no need to set a new value. To reset the default, specify likeLimit='' or likeLimit=64.

Note: Only specify a value above 64 if your SharePoint instance supports LIKE queries on URLs greater than 64 characters.

extAppId
Optional. External application used to authenticate users against the SharePoint repository. This value should match the name of an existing external application connection. See also listExtAppConnections. If extAppId is not set, no change is made to the current external application ID.

If no external application is set, the SharePoint connection will not work.

timeout
Optional. Length of time allowed to log in to the SharePoint repository (in ms) before issuing a connection timeout message.

If no timeout is set, the default concurrency timeout for the oracle.webcenter.content resource is used (30s or 30000ms). Refer to "Configuring Concurrency Management" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Performance and Tuning Guide for more information.

isPrimary
Optional. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

1 specifies that this connection is the primary connection used for documents services.

When set to 0, and the specified connection is the primary connection used for document services, the primary connection is reset. If this parameter is not set, the primary connection used for documents does not change.

This argument has no default.

In WebCenter Portal, the primary connection must be an Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.11.3 Example

The following example edits SharePoint repository connection details.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setJCRSharePointConnection(appName='webcenter', name='MySPConnection', url='http://mysharepoint.mycompany.com', extAppId='myExtApp')

10.6.12 listJCRSharePointConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.12.1 Description

Without any arguments, this command lists all of the SharePoint connections that are configured for a named application.

10.6.12.2 Syntax

listJCRSharePointConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays SharePoint connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listJCRSharePointConnections lists all SharePoint connections that are configured for an application, along with their details.

When set to 0, only connection names are listed.

This argument defaults to 0.

name
Optional. Name of an existing SharePoint connection. When specified you can view connection details for a specific SharePoint connection. If you supply a value for name, you must supply a value for verbose.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.12.3 Example

The following example lists the names of all the SharePoint connections that are configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listJCRSharePointConnections(appName='webcenter')

The following example lists connection details for all of the SharePoint connections that are configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listJCRSharePointConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)

10.6.13 listDocumentsSpacesProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.13.1 Description

Lists properties for the back-end Oracle WebCenter Content repository that is being used by WebCenter Portal to store portal-specific documents and Home portal documents. This command is only valid for WebCenter Portal.

10.6.13.2 Syntax

listDocumentsSpacesProperties(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.13.3 Example

The following example lists properties for the back-end Oracle WebCenter Content repository that is being used by a WebCenter Portal instance (webcenter) to store portal-specific documents and Home portal documents.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listDocumentsSpacesProperties(appName='webcenter')

The Documents Spaces container is "/WebCenter1109"
The Documents repository administrator is "sysadmin"
The Documents Spaces container is "/WebCenter1109"The Documents primary connection is "myOCSConnection"

10.6.14 setDocumentsSpacesProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.14.1 Description

Modifies properties for the back-end Oracle WebCenter Content repository that is being used by WebCenter Portal to store portal-related data. This command is only valid for WebCenter Portal.

10.6.14.2 Syntax

setDocumentsSpacesProperties(appName, [spacesRoot, adminUserName, applicationName, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

spacesRoot
Optional. Root folder under which WebCenter Portal content is stored. The value for this argument must use the format: /<foldername>.

For example, /WebCenter or /WebCenterSpaces.

The spacesRoot cannot be /, the root itself, and it must be unique across applications. If the folder specified does not exist it will be created for you.

Note that if you provide a value for this argument, you must also provide values for the adminUserName and applicationName arguments.

adminUserName
Optional. User name of the content repository administrator. For example: sysadmin. This user will be used to create and maintain folders for WebCenter Portal content and manage content access rights.

Administrative privileges are required for this connection so that operations can be performed on behalf of WebCenter Portal users.

Note that if you provide a value for this argument, you must also provide values for the spacesRoot and applicationName arguments.

applicationName
Optional. Unique WebCenter Portal application identifier. This name is used to separate data when multiple WebCenter Portal applications share the same content repository, and must be unique across applications.

The value for this argument must begin with an alphabetical character, followed by any combination of alphanumeric characters or the underscore character. The string must be less than or equal to 30 characters. Note that if you provide a value for this argument, you must also provide values for the spacesRoot and adminUserName arguments.

The name specified here is also used to name document-related workflows, as follows:

<applicationName><WorkflowName>

<applicationName><WorkflowStepName>

When naming workflows, only the first 14 characters of the Application Name are used.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.14.3 Examples

The following example modifies connection properties for the back-end Oracle WebCenter Content repository that is being used by WebCenter Portal to store portal-related documents:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setDocumentsSpacesProperties(appName='webcenter', 
spacesRoot='/AccountingSpaces', adminUserName='admin',  applicationName='WCAccounting')

The following example modifies the administrator's user name for the back-end Oracle WebCenter Content repository that is being used by WebCenter Portal to store portal-related documents:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setDocumentsSpacesProperties(appName='webcenter', adminUserName='sysadmin')

10.6.15 deleteDocumentsSpacesProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.15.1 Description

Deletes properties for the back-end Oracle WebCenter Content repository used by WebCenter Portal, that is the adminUserName, applicationName, and spacesRoot. This command is only valid for WebCenter Portal.

10.6.15.2 Syntax

deleteDocumentsSpacesProperties(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.15.3 Example

The following example deletes connection properties (adminUserName, applicationName, spacesRoot) of the back-end Oracle WebCenter Content repository that is being used by WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteDocumentsSpacesProperties(appName='webcenter')

10.6.16 exportFoldersGData

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.16.1 Description

Exports Folders_g data to a specified location so you can migrate the data to FrameworkFolders using the WLST command migrateFoldersGToFrameworkFolders. After migrating Folders_g data to FrameworkFolders, you can generate comparison reports from the exported Folders_g data to verify that all the files and folders are migrated to FrameworkFolders.

10.6.16.2 Syntax

exportFoldersGData(appName,server,[connectionName,directoryPath,applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation. For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter. For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.
server
Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Note: In a clustered environment where applications share the same content server connection (that is, applications connect to the same content server and share the same root folder and security group), run this command only against one managed server.

connectionName
Optional. Content Server connection name. Only required if you want to export Folders_g data for a non default content server connection.

If this argument is not specified, the default content server connection is used, that is, the content server connection where isPrimary=1.

directoryPath
Optional. Destination directory for the Folders_g data that you want to migrate.

If this argument is not specified, Folders_g data is exported to the folder named FRAMEWORK_FOLDER_MIGRATION under WCP_ORACLE_HOME/common/wlst.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.16.3 Example

The following example exports the Folders_g data for a WebCenter Portal application deployed to the WC_Spaces managed server. WebCenter Portal's default content server connection details are used, and Folders_g data exported to the default location, the WCP_ORACLE_HOME/common/wlst/FRAMEWORK_FOLDER_MIGRATION directory.

exportFoldersGData(appName='webcenter',server='WC_Spaces')

The following example exports the Folders_g data for a WebCenter Portal application deployed to the WC_Spaces managed server. The content server connection named MyContentServerConnection is used, and Folders_g data exported to the /scratch/myTemp_Dir directory.

exportFoldersGData(appName='webcenter',server='WC_Spaces',connectionName='MyContentServerConnection',directoryPath='/scratch/myTemp_Dir/')

10.6.17 migrateFoldersGDataToFrameworkFolders

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.6.17.1 Description

Migrates the Folders_g data to FrameworkFolders and verifies the integrity of the migrated data.

10.6.17.2 Syntax

migrateFoldersGDataToFrameworkFolders(appName,server,contentDbConnectionUrl,contentDbUserName,[connectionName,directoryPath,reportMode,applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation. For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter. For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.
server
Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Note: In a clustered environment where applications share the same content server connection (that is, connect to the same content server and share the same root folder and security group), run this command against only one managed server.

contentDbConnectionUrl Connection URL for the database where WebCenter Content schema (named OCS) is present.

Use the connection URL format host:port:sid.

Note: This argument is mandatory for the WebCenter Portal application but optional for Portal Framework applications.

contentDbUserName User name of the WebCenter Content schema (named OCS) that you want to migrate.

Note: This argument is mandatory for the WebCenter Portal application but optional for Portal Framework applications.

connectionName
Optional. Content Server connection name.

Only required if you want to migrate Folders_g data for a non default content server connection.

If not specified, the default content server connection is used, that is, the content server connection where isPrimary=1.

directoryPath
Optional. Directory containing the Folders_g data that you want to migrate.

If not specified, Folders_g data is migrated from WCP_ORACLE_HOME/common/wlst/FRAMEWORK_FOLDER_MIGRATION directory. This is the default location for Folders_g data exported using the WLST command exportFoldersGData.

Note: The path specified in the directoryPath attribute must be the same that you specified while running the exportFoldersGData WLST command.

reportMode Optional. Indicates whether to generate a report describing what will happen during migration that you can review prior to migrating the actual data.

Valid values are true and false.

true - Generates a report that describes all the metadata changes that will be made when the Folders_g data is migrated to FrameworkFolders. No actual data migration takes place.

false - Pre-migration report not required. Folders_g data is migrated to FrameworkFolders.

The default value is false.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.6.17.3 Example

The following example migrates the Folders_g data from the default directory (WCP_ORACLE_HOME/common/wlst/FRAMEWORK_FOLDER_MIGRATION) to FrameworkFolders and validates the migrated data for the WebCenter Portal application deployed to the WC_Spaces managed server. Migration is performed using the default Content Server connection details and the specified WebCenter Content database connection and user name.

migrateFoldersGDataToFrameworkFolders(appName='webcenter',server='WC_Spaces',contentDbConnectionUrl='wccdbhost.example.com:wccdbport:wccdbsid', contentDbUserName='SCHEMA_PREFIX_OCS')

The following example migrates Folders_g data from the /scratch/myTemp_Dir directory to FrameworkFolders and validates the migrated data for the WebCenter Portal application deployed to the WC_Spaces managed server. Content Server connection named MyContentServerConnection and the specified WebCenter Content database connection and username are used to perform the migration.

migrateFoldersGDataToFrameworkFolders(appName='webcenter',server='WC_Spaces',contentDbConnectionUrl='wccdbhost.example.com:wccdbport:wccdbsid', contentDbUserName='SCHEMA_PREFIX_OCS',connectionName='MyContentServerConnection',directoryPath='/scratch/myTemp_Dir/)

The following example reports how Folders_g data will be migrated to FrameworkFolders for the WebCenter Portal application deployed to WC_Spaces. MyContentServerConnection connection details and specified WebCenter Content database connection and username are used to generate the migration report which is saved to the same location as the Folders_g data (/scratch/myTemp_Dir):

migrateFoldersGDataToFrameworkFolders(appName='webcenter',server='WC_Spaces',contentDbConnectionUrl='wccdbhost.example.com:wccdbport:wccdbsid', contentDbUserName='SCHEMA_PREFIX_OCS',connectionName='MyContentServerConnection',directoryPath='/scratch/myTemp_Dir/', reportMode='true')

The following example migrates the Folders_g data from the /scratch/myTemp_Dir directory to FrameworkFolders for the Portal Framework application named customapp, which is deployed to the server Custom_Server. MyContentServerConnection is the Content Server connection used to perform migration.

migrateFoldersGDataToFrameworkFolders(appName='customapp',server='Custom_Server',connectionName='MyContentServerConnection',directoryPath='/scratch/myTemp_Dir/')

10.7 Discussions and Announcements

Use the commands listed in Table 10-8 to manage discussions server connections for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-8 Discussion and Announcement WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createDiscussionForumConnection

Create a new discussions server connection for a named application.

Online

setDiscussionForumConnection

Edit an existing discussions server connection.

Online

setDefaultDiscussionForumConnection

Specify the default connection for discussions and announcements.

Online

listDiscussionForumConnections

List all of the discussions server connections that are configured for a named application.

Online

listDefaultDiscussionForumConnection

List the default discussions server connection for a named application.

Online

setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty

Set an additional discussions server connection property.

Online

deleteDiscussionForumConnectionProperty

Delete a discussions server connection property.

Online

setDiscussionForumServiceProperty

Specify defaults for discussions.

Online

removeDiscussionForumServiceProperty

Remove defaults for discussions.

Online

listDiscussionForumServiceProperties

List discussions settings.

Online

setAnnouncementServiceProperty

Specify defaults for announcements.

Online

removeAnnouncementServiceProperty

Remove defaults for announcements.

Online

listAnnouncementServiceProperties

List announcements settings.

Online

addDiscussionsServerAdmin

Grant system administrator permissions on the discussions server to a user or a group.

Online

addDiscussionsCategoryAdmin

Grant category administrator permissions on the discussions server to a user or a group.

Online

syncDiscussionServerPermissions

Synchronizes discussion server permissions for subportals that inherit security from their parent.

Online

setDiscussionsServerProperty

Set discussions server properties.

Online

getDiscussionsServerProperty

Return discussions server property values.

Online

removeDiscussionsServerProperty

Remove current discussions server property values.

Online


10.7.1 createDiscussionForumConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.1.1 Description

Creates a new discussions server connection for a named application.

Discussions and announcements both require a discussions server connection. Discussions and announcements both use the same discussions server connection.

While you can register multiple discussions server connections for an application, only one connection is used for discussion and announcement services - the default (or active) connection.

10.7.1.2 Syntax

createDiscussionForumConnection(appName, name, url, adminUser, 
[timeout, default, policyURIForAuthAccess, policyURIForPublicAccess, recipientKeyAlias, server, applicationVersion]) 

Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
url
URL of the discussions server hosting discussion forums and announcements. For example: http://myhost:8888/owc_discussions.
adminUser
Name of the discussions server administrator. This account is used by discussions and announcements to perform administrative operations on behalf of WebCenter Portal users.

This account is mostly used for managing discussions and announcements in the out-of-the-box WebCenter Portal application. It is not necessary for this user to be a super admin. However, the user must have administrative privileges on the current application root category for WebCenter Portal, that is, the category (on the discussions server) under which all portal-related discussions and announcements are stored.

policyURIForAuthAccess
Optional. URI to the SAML token based policy required for authenticated access to the discussions server web service.

The client policy specified must be compatible with the service policy that is configured for the OWCDiscussionsServiceAuthenticated endpoint in the discussions server. Out-of-the-box, the default service policy is WSS 1.0 SAML Token Service Policy (oracle/wss10_saml_token_service_policy).

Valid client policy values include:

  • oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy (WSS 1.0 SAML Token Client Policy)

  • oracle/wss11_saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy (WSS 1.1 SAML Token with Message Protection Client Policy)

  • GPA (Global Policy Attachment) - Use GPA if your environment supports Global Policy Attachments. In addition, ensure that the default policy is detached from the OWCDiscussionsServiceAuthenticated endpoint in the discussions server using the WLST command detachWebServicePolicy or Enterprise Manager.

See also "Managing Announcements and Discussions" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

policyURIForPublicAccess
Optional. URI to the policy required to enforce message security and integrity for public access to the discussions server Web service.

Default value is oracle/no_authentication_client_policy.

The client policy specified must be compatible with the service policy that is configured for the OWCDiscussionsServicePublic endpoint in the discussions server. Out-of-the-box, a service policy is not configured for public access (oracle/no_authentication_client_policy).

Valid client policy values include:

  • oracle/no_authentication_client_policy (None)

  • oracle/wss11_with_message_protection_client_policy (WSS 1.1 Message Protection Client Policy)

  • GPA (Global Policy Attachment) - Use GPA if your environment supports Global Policy Attachments. In addition, you must ensure that the default policy attached to the OWCDiscussionsServicePublic endpoint in the discussions server is set to oracle/no_authentication_service_policy.

recipientKeyAlias
Optional. Recipient key alias to be used for message protected policies (applicable to the OWCDiscussionsServicePublic and OWCDiscussionsServiceAuthenticated endpoints). This is the alias to the certificate that contains the public key of the discussions server in the configured keystore. The default is null.

See also "Configuring WS-Security" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

timeout
Optional. Length of time (in seconds) discussions waits for a response from the discussions server before issuing a connection timeout message.

This argument defaults to -1. When set to -1, the service default (10 seconds) applies.

default
Optional. Indicates that this connection is the default connection for discussions and announcements.

Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, discussions and announcements both use this connection.

When set to 0, the connection is not used. The default is 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.1.3 Example

The following example creates a discussions server connection for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createDiscussionForumConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyDiscussionServer', url='http://myhost.com:8888/owc_discussions', 
adminUser='admin', policyURIForAuthAccess='oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy', default=0)

10.7.2 setDiscussionForumConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.2.1 Description

Edits an existing discussions server connection. Use this command to update connection attributes.

The connection is created using the createDiscussionForumConnection command.

10.7.2.2 Syntax

setDiscussionForumConnection(appName, name, [url, adminUser, policyURIForAuthAccess, policyURIForPublicAccess, recipientKeyAlias, timeout, default, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing discussions server connection.
url
Optional. URL to the discussions server.
adminUser
Optional. Name of the discussions server administrator. This account is used by discussions to perform administrative operations on behalf of WebCenter Portal users.

This account is mostly used for managing discussions and announcements in the out-of-the-box WebCenter Portal application. It is not necessary for this user to be a super admin. However, the user must have administrative privileges on the current application root category for WebCenter Portal, that is, the category (on the discussions server) under which all portal-related discussions and announcements are stored.

policyURIForAuthAccess
Optional. URI to the SAML token based policy required for authenticated access to the discussions server web service.

The client policy specified must be compatible with the service policy that is configured for the OWCDiscussionsServiceAuthenticated endpoint in the discussions server. Out-of-the-box, the default service policy is WSS 1.0 SAML Token Service Policy (oracle/wss10_saml_token_service_policy).

Valid client policy values include:

  • oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy (WSS 1.0 SAML Token Client Policy)

  • oracle/wss11_saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy (WSS 1.1 SAML Token with Message Protection Client Policy)

  • GPA (Global Policy Attachment) - Use GPA if your environment supports Global Policy Attachments. In addition, ensure that the default policy is detached from the OWCDiscussionsServiceAuthenticated endpoint in the discussions server using the WLST command detachWebServicePolicy or Enterprise Manager.

See also "Managing Announcements and Discussions" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

policyURIForPublicAccess
Optional. URI to the policy required to enforce message security and integrity for public access to the discussions server web service.

Default value is oracle/no_authentication_client_policy.

The client policy specified must be compatible with the service policy that is configured for the OWCDiscussionsServicePublic endpoint in the discussions server. Out-of-the-box, a service policy is not configured for public access (oracle/no_authentication_client_policy).

Valid client values include:

  • oracle/no_authentication_client_policy (None)

  • oracle/wss11_with_message_protection_client_policy (WSS 1.1 Message Protection Client Policy)

  • GPA (Global Policy Attachment) - Use GPA if your environment supports Global Policy Attachments. In addition, you must ensure that the default policy attached to the OWCDiscussionsServicePublic endpoint in the discussions server is set to oracle/no_authentication_service_policy.

recipientKeyAlias
Optional. Recipient key alias to be used for message protected policies (applicable to the OWCDiscussionsServicePublic and OWCDiscussionsServiceAuthenticated endpoints). This is the alias to the certificate that contains the public key of the discussions server in the configured keystore. The default is null.

See also "Configuring WS-Security" in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

timeout
Optional. Length of time (in seconds) discussions and announcements wait for a response from the discussions server before issuing a connection timeout message. This argument defaults to -1. When set to -1, the service default (10 seconds) applies.
default
Optional. Indicates that this connection is the default connection for discussions and announcements. Required only if more than one connection is defined.

Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false). When set to 1, discussions and announcements use this connection. When set to 0, the connection is not used. The default is 0.

To specify that discussion and announcements use this connection, change the value from 0 to 1.

To disable this connection, use the removeDiscussionForumServiceProperty command:

removeDiscussionForumServiceProperty('appName='webcenter', property='selected.connection')

Note: While you can register multiple discussions server connections for an application, only one connection is used for discussions and announcements— the default (or active) connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.2.3 Example

The following example updates attributes for a secure discussions server connection named MyDiscussionsServer.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setDiscussionForumConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyDiscussionServer', url='http://myhost.com:7786/owc_discussions', 
adminUser='admin', policyURIForAuthAccess='oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy', default=1)

10.7.3 setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.3.1 Description

Sets a discussions server connection property. Use this command when additional parameters are required to connect to your discussions server.

This commands provides an extensible way to add any connection property using a key and a value. (You are not limited to connection properties specified by createDiscussionForumConnection and setDiscussionForumConnection.)

Note:

Do not use the setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty to set connection properties available through createDiscussionForumConnection or setDiscussionForumConnection. Attempting to do so, has no effect.

All known, additional connection properties are listed in Table 10-9, "Additional Discussion Server Connection Properties".

Table 10-9 Additional Discussion Server Connection Properties

Additional
Connection Property
Description

application.root.category.id

(WebCenter Portal only) Application root category ID on the discussions server under which all discussion forums are stored. For example, if set to 3, then all forums are stored in the category with the ID 3.

linkURL

URL used to link users to the discussions server's Admin Console. Only required if it is different to the url argument specified using the createDiscussionForumConnection or setDiscussionForumConnection command. For example, when SSO or HTTPS is configured.

Use the following format to specify an alternative public external URL: protocol://host:port

For example: http://example.com:7777


10.7.3.2 Syntax

setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty(appName, name, key, value, [secure, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing discussions server connection.
key
Name of the connection property. See also, Table 10-9, "Additional Discussion Server Connection Properties".
value
Value for the property. Allows any property to be modified on the connection with a key and value.
secure
Optional. Indicates whether the property value must be stored securely using encryption. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false). When 1, the value is encrypted. The default option is 0.

Set to 1 if you are storing passwords.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.3.3 Example

The following example configures the category used to store discussion forums for a discussions server connection named MyDiscussionServer:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty
(appName='webcenter', name='MyDiscussionServer', key='application.root.category.id', value='3')

The following example configures an alternative, public external URL so users can access the discussions server's Admin Console:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty
(appName='webcenter', name='MyDiscussionServer', key='linkURL', value='http://example.com:7777')

The following example adds a custom discussions server connection property called myProperty1 with a value propertyValue1:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty
(appName='webcenter', name='MyDiscussionServer', key='myProperty1', value='propertyValue1')

The following example adds a secured discussions server connection property called securedProperty with the value secureValue.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty
(appName='webcenter', name='MyDiscussionServer', key='securedProperty', value='secureValue', secure=1)

10.7.4 deleteDiscussionForumConnectionProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.4.1 Description

Deletes a discussions server connection property. Take care when deleting connection properties because the connection may not work as expected if the configuration becomes invalid as a result.

This command can only delete additional connection properties added using the setDiscussionForumConnectionProperty command.

10.7.4.2 Syntax

deleteDiscussionForumConnectionProperty(appName, name, key, [server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing discussions server connection.
key
Name of the connection property you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.4.3 Example

The following example deletes a discussions server connection property named myProperty1.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deleteDiscussionForumConnectionProperty
(appName='webcenter', name='MyDiscussionServer', key='myProperty1')

10.7.5 listDiscussionForumConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.5.1 Description

Lists all the discussions server connections that are configured for a named application.

10.7.5.2 Syntax

listDiscussionForumConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listDiscussionForumConnections lists all of the discussions server connections that are configured for an application, along with their details.

When set to 0, only connection names are listed. This argument defaults to 0.

name
Optional. Name of an existing discussions server connection. Use this argument to view connection details for a specific discussions server connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.5.3 Examples

The following example lists the names of all of the discussions server connections that are currently configured for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listDiscussionForumConnections(appName='webcenter')

The following example lists connection names and details for all of the discussions server connections currently configured for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listDiscussionForumConnections(appName='webcenter', 
verbose=1)

The following example lists connection details for a discussions server connection named myDiscussionsServer.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listDiscussionForumConnections(appName='webcenter', 
name='myDiscussionsServer')

10.7.6 listDefaultDiscussionForumConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.6.1 Description

Names the discussions server connection that discussions and announcements service are using, in a named application. While you can register multiple discussions server connections for an application, discussions and announcements only uses one connection—known as the default (or active) connection.

10.7.6.2 Syntax

listDefaultDiscussionForumConnection(appName, [verbose, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, the name and details of the discussions server connections are listed.

When set to 0, only the connection name displays. This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.6.3 Examples

The following example names the discussions server connection that discussions and announcements are using in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listDefaultDiscussionForumConnection(appName='webcenter')

The following example lists the name and details of the discussions server connection that discussions and announcements are using in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listDefaultDiscussionForumConnection(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)

10.7.7 setDefaultDiscussionForumConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.7.1 Description

Specifies the default discussions server connection for discussions and announcements in a named application.

While you can register multiple discussions server connections with an application, discussions and announcements only uses one connection—this is known as the default (or active) connection.

10.7.7.2 Syntax

setDefaultDiscussionForumConnection(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing discussions server connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.7.3 Example

The following example makes a connection named myDiscussionServer the default (or active) connection for discussions and announcements in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setDefaultDiscussionForumConnection
(appName='webcenter', name='myDiscussionServer')

10.7.8 setDiscussionForumServiceProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.8.1 Description

Specifies default values for discussions, for a named application.

Configurable properties for discussions are listed in Table 10-10, "Discussions - Configurable Properties".

Table 10-10 Discussions - Configurable Properties

Configuration Property Description

topics.fetch.size

Maximum number of topics fetched by discussions and displayed in the topics view.

forums.fetch.size

Maximum number of forums fetched by discussions and displayed in the forums view.

recentTopics.fetch.size

Maximum number of topics fetched by discussions and displayed in the recent topics view.

watchedTopics.fetch.size

Maximum number of topics fetched by discussions and displayed in the watched topics view.

watchedForums.fetch.size

Maximum number of forums fetched by discussions and displayed in the watched forums view.

application.root.category.id

Application root category ID on the discussions server under which all discussion forums are stored. For example, if set to 3, all forums are stored inside category 3.

ForumGatewayManager.AUTO_START

Communication through mail distribution lists can be published as discussion forum posts. This parameter starts or stops the gateway for this communication.

For WebCenter Portal, the default value is 1, which means that as soon as you configure mail server settings through administration, the gateway starts. Set this to 0, and restart the managed server, to stop the gateway and disable this feature.

For Portal Framework applications, the default value is 0. Set this to 1, and restart the managed server, to start the gateway and enable this feature.


10.7.8.2 Syntax

setDiscussionForumServiceProperty(appName, property, value, [server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

property
Name of the configuration property.
value
Value for the property.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.8.3 Example

The following example changes the default number of topics displayed in topics view.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDiscussionForumServiceProperty
(appName='webcenter', property='topics.fetch.size', value='30')

10.7.9 removeDiscussionForumServiceProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.9.1 Description

Removes the current value that is set for a discussions property. Use this command to remove any of the properties listed in Table 10-10, "Discussions - Configurable Properties".

Take care when using this command as removing values for these properties might cause unexpected behavior.

Note:

Use this command syntax to disable the connection currently used for discussion and announcement services:

removeDiscussionForumServiceProperty('appName='webcenter', property='selected.connection')

This command forces the default connection argument to 0. See also, setDiscussionForumConnection.

10.7.9.2 Syntax

removeDiscussionForumServiceProperty(appName, property, [server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

property
Name of the configuration property.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.9.3 Example

The following example clears the current topics.fetch.size property for discussions in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> removeDiscussionForumServiceProperty
(appName='webcenter', property='topics.fetch.size')

10.7.10 listDiscussionForumServiceProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.10.1 Description

Lists all configurable properties for discussions.

10.7.10.2 Syntax

listDiscussionForumServiceProperties(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.10.3 Example

The following example lists configuration properties for discussions in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listDiscussionForumServiceProperties(appName='webcenter')

10.7.11 setAnnouncementServiceProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.11.1 Description

Specifies default values for announcements in a named application.

Configurable properties for announcements are listed in Table 10-11, "Announcements - Configurable Properties".

Table 10-11 Announcements - Configurable Properties

Configuration Property Description

miniview.page_size

Maximum number of announcements displayed in the announcements mini view.

mainview.page_size

Maximum number of announcements displayed in the announcements main view.

linksview.page_size

Maximum number of announcements displayed in the announcements links view.

announcements.expiration.days

Number of days that announcements display and remain editable.


10.7.11.2 Syntax

setAnnouncementServiceProperty(appName, property, value, [server, applicationVersion})
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

property
Name of the configuration property.
value
Property value.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.11.3 Example

The following example changes the default number of days that announcements display in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setAnnouncementServiceProperty(appName='webcenter', 
property='announcements.expiration.days', value='21')

10.7.12 removeAnnouncementServiceProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.12.1 Description

Removes the current value that is set for an announcements property. Use this command to remove any of the properties listed in Table 10-11, "Announcements - Configurable Properties".

Take care when using this command as removing values for these properties might cause unexpected behavior.

10.7.12.2 Syntax

removeAnnouncementServiceProperty(appName, property, [server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

property
Name of the configuration property.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.12.3 Example

The following example clears the announcements.expiration.days property for announcements in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>removeAnnouncementServiceProperty
(appName='webcenter', property='announcements.expiration.days')

10.7.13 listAnnouncementServiceProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.13.1 Description

Lists all configurable properties for announcements, in a named application.

10.7.13.2 Syntax

listAnnouncementServiceProperties(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.13.3 Example

The following example lists configuration properties for announcements in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listAnnouncementServiceProperties(appName='webcenter')

10.7.14 addDiscussionsServerAdmin

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.14.1 Description

Grants system administrator permissions on the discussions server to a user or a group. This command is useful when you connect the discussions server to a new identity store that does not contain any of the current administrators.

10.7.14.2 Syntax

addDiscussionsServerAdmin(appName, name, [type, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the discussions server application in which to perform this operation. For example, owc_discussions.
name
Name of the user or group to add as an administrator on the discussions server.
type
Optional. Identifies the type of identity. Valid values are USER and GROUP.

The default value is USER.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server on which the application is deployed. For example, WC_Collaboration.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.14.3 Example

The following example grants system administrator permissions on the discussions server to the user weblogic:

addDiscussionsServerAdmin(appName='owc_discussions', name='weblogic', type='USER')
    

The following example grants system administrator permissions on the discussions server to all users in the Administrators user group:

addDiscussionsServerAdmin(appName='owc_discussions', name='Administrators', type='GROUP')

10.7.15 addDiscussionsCategoryAdmin

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.15.1 Description

Grants category administrator permissions on the discussions server to a user or a group for a specific category ID.

10.7.15.2 Syntax

addDiscussionsCategoryAdmin(appName, categoryId, name, [type, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the discussions server application in which to perform this operation. For example, owc_discussions.
categoryId
The ID (number) of a category on the discussions server.
name
Name of the user or group to add as an administrator for the category on the discussions server.
type
Optional. Identifies the type of identity. Valid values are USER and GROUP.

The default value is USER.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server on which the application is deployed. For example, WC_Collaboration.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.15.3 Example

The following example grants category administrator permissions on the discussions server to the user weblogic for a category with an ID=2:

addDiscussionsCategoryAdmin(appName='owc_discussions', categoryId=2, name='weblogic', type='USER')
    

The following example grants category administrator permissions on the discussions server to all users in the Sales user group for a category with an ID=2:

addDiscussionsCategoryAdmin(appName='owc_discussions', categoryId=2, name='Sales', type='GROUP')

10.7.16 syncDiscussionServerPermissions

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.16.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Synchronizes discussion server permissions for subportals that inherit security from their parent.

When you update discussions or announcement permissions for portal hierarchies in WebCenter Portal, the subportals do not automatically inherit the corresponding permission change on the discussions server. Therefore, whenever changes are made, you must run this command to synchronize discussions and announcement permissions within a portal hierarchy, such that subportals inherit the same discussions server permissions as their parent.

Note:

To execute discussions server WLST commands, such as syncDiscussionServerPermissions, the user used to connect to the Admin Server must also have administrative privileges on the discussions server.

10.7.16.2 Syntax

syncDiscussionServerPermissions(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Optional. Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

The default value is webcenter (the application name for WebCenter Portal).

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.16.3 Example

The following example synchronizes permissions for discussions and announcement in WebCenter Portal, that is, subportals inherit the same discussions server permissions as their parent:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> syncDiscussionServerPermissions(appName='webcenter')

10.7.17 setDiscussionsServerProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.17.1 Description

Sets a discussions server property. Use this command to set a system property on the discussions server.

Note:

To execute discussions server WLST commands, such as setDiscussionsServerProperty, the user used to connect to the Admin Server must also have administrative privileges on the discussions server.

10.7.17.2 Syntax

setDiscussionsServerProperty(appName, key, value, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the discussions server application in which to perform this operation. For example, owc_discussions.
key
Name of the discussions server property.

For example, owc_discussions.sso.mode, AuthFactory.className, UserManager.className, GroupManager.className, owc_discussions.setup.complete_11.1.1.2.0, and so on.

value
Value for the discussions server property.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Collaboration.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.17.3 Example

The following example sets properties that configures the discussions server for SSO, where example.com:8890/owc_discussions is the base URL of the webtier on which the discussions server is deployed:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDiscussionsServerProperty(appName='owc_discussions', key='owc_discussions.sso.mode', value='true')

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDiscussionsServerProperty(appName='owc_discussions', key='jiveURL', value='example.com:8890/owc_discussions')

10.7.18 getDiscussionsServerProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.18.1 Description

Returns the current value of a discussions server property.

Note:

To execute discussions server WLST commands, such as getDiscussionsServerProperty, the user used to connect to the Admin Server must also have administrative privileges on the discussions server.

10.7.18.2 Syntax

getDiscussionsServerProperty(appName, key, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the discussions server application in which to perform this operation. For example, owc_discussions.
key
Name of the discussions server property.

For example, owc_discussions.sso.mode, AuthFactory.className, UserManager.className, GroupManager.className, owc_discussions.setup.complete_11.1.1.2.0, and so on.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Collaboration.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.18.3 Example

The following examples return the current value for some key discussions server properties:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>getDiscussionsServerProperty(appName='owc_discussions', key='AuthFactory.className')

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>getDiscussionsServerProperty(appName='owc_discussions', key='UserManager.className')

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>getDiscussionsServerProperty(appName='owc_discussions', key='GroupManager.className')

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>getDiscussionsServerProperty(appName='owc_discussions', key='owc_discussions.setup.complete_11.1.1.2.0')

10.7.19 removeDiscussionsServerProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.7.19.1 Description

Removes the current value that is set for a discussions server property.

Note:

To execute discussions server WLST commands, such as removeDiscussionsServerProperty, the user used to connect to the Admin Server must also have administrative privileges on the discussion server.

10.7.19.2 Syntax

removeDiscussionsServerProperty(appName, key, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the discussions server application in which to perform this operation. For example, owc_discussions.
key
Name of the discussions server property.

For example, owc_discussions.sso.mode, AuthFactory.className, UserManager.className, GroupManager.className, owc_discussions.setup.complete_11.1.1.2.0, and so on.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Collaboration.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.7.19.3 Example

The following example removes the current value for the 'SSO mode' property on the discussions server:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>removeDiscussionsServerProperty(appName='owc_discussions', key='owc_discussions.sso.mode')

10.8 External Applications

Use the commands listed in Table 10-12 to manage external application connections for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are immediately available in the application, that is, you do not need to restart the managed server.

Table 10-12 External Application WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createExtAppConnection

Create an external application connection, for a named application.

Online

setExtAppConnection

Edit an existing external application connection.

Online

listExtAppConnections

List individual or all external applications that are configured for a named application.

Online

addExtAppField

Add another login field for a specific external application connection.

Online

setExtAppField

Edit the value and display-to-user setting for a specific external application login field.

Online

removeExtAppField

Remove an external application login field.

Online

addExtAppCredential

Specify shared or public credentials for an external application.

Online

setExtAppCredential

Edit shared or public credentials for an external application.

Online

removeExtAppCredential

Remove shared or public credentials currently configured for an external application.

Online


10.8.1 createExtAppConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.1.1 Description

Creates an external application connection for a named application.

10.8.1.2 Syntax

createExtAppConnection(appName, name, [displayName, url, authMethod, 
userFieldName, pwdFieldName, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within WebCenter Portal or your Portal Framework application.
displayName
Optional. External application display name. A user friendly name for the external application that WebCenter Portal users will recognize. The display name must be unique across all external applications within WebCenter Portal or your Portal Framework application.
url
Optional. External application login URL.

To determine an application's URL, navigate to the application's login page and note down the URL for that page.

For example: http://login.yahoo.com/config/login

authMethod
Optional. Authentication mechanism used by the external application. Valid options are GET, POST, and BASIC.

This argument defaults to POST.

userFieldName
Optional. Name that identifies the user name or user ID field on the external application's login form. To find this name, look at the HTML source for the login page. This argument does not specify user credentials.

Mandatory if authMethod is GET or POST and a login url is specified. Not required if BASIC authentication method is selected.

pwdFieldName
Optional. Name that identifies the password field on the external application's login form. To find this name, look at the HTML source for the login page. This argument does not specify user credentials.

Mandatory if authMethod is GET or POST and a login url is specified. Not required if BASIC authentication method is selected.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.1.3 Example

The following example creates a connection for an external application named My Yahoo!, in WebCenter Portal (webcenter).

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createExtAppConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='yahoo', displayName='My Yahoo!', url='http://login.yahoo.com/config/login', 
authMethod='POST', userFieldName='login', pwdFieldName='password')

10.8.2 setExtAppConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.2.1 Description

Edits an existing external application connection.

10.8.2.2 Syntax

setExtAppConnection(appName, name, [displayName, url, authMethod, 
userFieldName, pwdFieldName, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing external application connection.
displayName
Optional. External application display name. A user-friendly name for the external application that WebCenter Portal users will recognize.

The display name must be unique across all external applications within WebCenter Portal or your Portal Framework application.

url
Optional. External application login URL. To determine an application's URL, navigate to the application's login page and note down the URL for that page.
authMethod
Optional. Authentication mechanism used by the external application.

Valid options are GET, POST, and BASIC. This argument defaults to POST.

userFieldName
Optional. Name that identifies the user name or user ID field on the external application's login form. To find this name, look at the HTML source for the login page. This argument does not specify user credentials.

Mandatory if authMethod is GET or POST and a login URL is specified but can be left blank if BASIC authentication method is selected.

pwdFieldName
Optional. Name that identifies the password field on the external application's login form. To find this name, look at the HTML source for the login page. This argument does not specify user credentials.

Mandatory if authMethod is GET or POST, but can be left blank if BASIC authentication method is selected.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.2.3 Example

The following example updates the display name attribute for an external application named yahoo.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setExtAppConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='yahoo', displayName='My Favorite Yahoo!')

10.8.3 listExtAppConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.3.1 Description

When used with only the appName argument, this command lists the names of all the external applications currently configured for a named WebCenter Portal or your Portal Framework application.

10.8.3.2 Syntax

listExtAppConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays external application details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listExtAppConnections lists all of the external applications that are configured for WebCenter Portal or your Portal Framework application, along with their details.

When set to 0, listExtAppConnections lists only the names of the external applications. This argument defaults to 0.

If you set this argument to 0, do not specify the name argument.

name
Optional. Name of an existing external application connection. You can use this argument to view details about a specific connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.3.3 Examples

The following example lists the names of all the external applications currently used by WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listExtAppConnections(appName='webcenter') 
app1
app2
app3

The following example lists details for the external applications app1, app2, and app3.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listExtAppConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)
----
app1
----
Name: app1
Display Name: Application1
Login URL: http://app1
Authentication Method: POST
User Field Name: login
Password Field Name: passwd
Shared Credential: Disabled
Public Credential: Disabled
----
app2
----
Name: app2
Display Name: Application2
Login URL: http://app2
Authentication Method: POST
User Field Name: login
Password Field Name: passwd
Additional Fields: {Account1:1, Accout2:DefVal:0}
Shared Credential: Disabled
Public Credential: Enabled
----
app3
----
Name: app3
Display Name: Application3
Authentication Method: POST
Shared Credential: Enabled
Public Credential: Enabled

The following example lists details for external application app1 only.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listExtAppConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1, name='app1')
----
app1
----
Name: app1
Display Name: Application1
Login URL: http://app1
Authentication Method: POST
User Field Name: login
Password Field Name: passwd
Shared Credential: Disabled
Public Credential: Disabled
 
 

10.8.4 addExtAppField

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.4.1 Description

Adds another login field for a specific external application connection. For example, in addition to user name and password, an external application may require other login criteria such as Host and MailAddress.

Optionally, additional login fields can appear on the external application's login for a user to specify.

If you add another login field and the external application uses shared or public credentials, you can use the WLST commands addExtAppCredential and setExtAppCredential to update the shared/public credentials. See Section 10.8.7, "addExtAppCredential" and Section 10.8.8, "setExtAppCredential".

10.8.4.2 Syntax

addExtAppField(appName, name, fieldName, [fieldValue, displayToUser, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing external application connection.
fieldName
Login field name. The name that identifies the field on the HTML login form. This field is not applicable if the application uses BASIC authentication.
fieldValue
Optional. Login field value. Enter a default value for the login field or leave blank for a user to specify. This argument is blank by default.
displayToUser
Optional. Specifies whether the login field displays on the external application's login screen.

Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false). This argument defaults to 0.

Note that if you set this argument to 0, you must specify the fieldValue.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.4.3 Example

This example creates an additional field named Account with the default value username.default.example in an external application called ABC. This field will be displayed on ABC's login screen.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> addExtAppField(appName='webcenter', name='ABC', 
fieldName='Account', fieldValue='username.default.example', displayToUser=1)

10.8.5 setExtAppField

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.5.1 Description

Modifies the field value and display-to-user setting for one or more login fields currently configured for an external application. Either fieldValue or displayToUser must be specified along with the external application name and login field name. The fieldValue and displayToUser arguments are optional.

Using this command has implications on any shared or public credentials that you might have created for this external application. If you modify displayToUser to 1, you may also need to update existing shared user or public user credentials. See also Section 10.8.8, "setExtAppCredential".

10.8.5.2 Syntax

setExtAppField(appName, name, fieldName, [fieldValue, displayToUser, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing external application connection.
fieldName
Name of an existing login field.
fieldValue
Optional. New or changed login field value.

Enter a default value for the login field or leave blank for a user to specify. This argument is blank by default.

displayToUser
Optional. Specifies whether the login field displays on the external application's login screen. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

If set to 0, fieldValue must be specified.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.5.3 Example

The following example specifies a default value for a login field named Account and displays the field on the external application's credential provisioning screen:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setExtAppField(appName='webcenter', name='ABC', 
fieldName='Account', fieldValue='admin', displayToUser=1)

10.8.6 removeExtAppField

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.6.1 Description

Removes a login field from an external application connection.

This command has implications on any shared or public credentials that you may have created for this external application, that is, you may need to remove the login field from shared user or public user credentials.

You can use the setExtAppCredential command to remove a login field, if required. For example, external application myApp has an additional field called Account and public credentials were previously specified using:

addExtAppCredential(appName='webcenter', name='myApp', type='PUBLIC', 
username='admin', password='mypublic.password', field='Account:admin@myhost.com')

If you remove the Account field, you can modify the credentials by running:

setExtAppCredential(appName='webcenter', name='myApp', type='PUBLIC', 
username='admin', password='mypublic.password')

For details on using setExtAppCredential, see Section 10.8.8, "setExtAppCredential"

10.8.6.2 Syntax

removeExtAppField(appName, name, fieldName, [server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name.
fieldName
Login field that you want to remove.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.6.3 Example

The following example removes the additional login field named Account from an external application named ABC.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> removeExtAppField(appName='webcenter, name='ABC', 
fieldName='Account')

10.8.7 addExtAppCredential

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.7.1 Description

Configures shared user or public user credentials for a specific external application.

When shared credentials are specified, every user accessing WebCenter Portal (or a Portal Framework application), is authenticated using the user name and password defined here. WebCenter Portal users are not presented with a login form.

Public users accessing this external application through WebCenter Portal (or the Portal Framework application) are logged in using the public credentials defined here.

If credentials already exists, a warning indicates that the setExtAppCredential command should be used instead.

10.8.7.2 Syntax

addExtAppCredential(appName, name, type, username, password, [field, server, 
applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing external application connection.
type
Credential type. Valid values are SHARED and PUBLIC.
username
Name of the shared or public user.
password
Password for the shared or public user.
field
Optional. Additional login field value. Use the format FieldName:FieldValue, where FieldName names an additional login field configured with displayToUser=1.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.7.3 Example

The following example specifies public credentials for an external application named ABC. The public user name is mypublic.username, the password is mypublic.password, and there is one additional field named Account.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> addExtAppCredential(appName='webcenter', name='ABC', 
type='PUBLIC', username='mypublic.username', password='mypublic.password', 
field='Account:username.example')

10.8.8 setExtAppCredential

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.8.1 Description

Modifies shared user or public user credentials currently configured for an external application. If the credential has already not been specified, then a warning indicates that addExtAppCredential needs to be used instead. See Section 10.8.7, "addExtAppCredential".

The arguments username and password are optional because setExtAppCredential only manipulates existing credentials. At least one of the parameters, username, password or field, must be specified.

You can use setExtAppCredential command to update passwords in systems that require changing passwords every few days.

10.8.8.2 Syntax

setExtAppCredential(appName, name, type, [username, password, field, 
server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing external application connection.
type
Credential type. Valid values are SHARED and PUBLIC.
username
Optional. User name of the shared or public user.
password
Optional. Password for the shared or public user.
field
Optional. Additional login field value. Use the format FieldName:FieldValue, where FieldName names an additional login field configured with displayToUser=1.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.8.3 Example

The following example changes the public user's login credentials for an external application named ABC.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setExtAppCredential(appName='webcenter',name='ABC', 
type='PUBLIC', username='username.example', password='password.example', 
field='Account:username.example')

10.8.9 removeExtAppCredential

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.8.9.1 Description

Removes shared user or public user credentials currently configured for an external application.

If credentials do not exist, an error displays.

10.8.9.2 Syntax

removeExtAppCredential(appName, name, type, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing external application connection.
type
Credential type. Valid values are SHARED and PUBLIC.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.8.9.3 Example

The following example removes shared credentials specified for an external application named ABC.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> removeExtAppCredential(appName='webcenter', name='ABC', type='SHARED')

10.9 Instant Messaging and Presence

Use the commands listed in Table 10-13, to manage instant messaging and presence server connections.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which WebCenter Portal or your Portal Framework application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-13 Instant Messaging and Presence WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createIMPConnection

Create a new instant messaging and presence server connection for a named application.

Online

setIMPConnection

Edit an existing instant messaging and presence server connection.

Online

setIMPConnectionProperty

Modify instant messaging and presence server connection properties.

Online

deleteIMPConnectionProperty

Delete an instant messaging and presence server connection property.

Online

listIMPAdapters

List which presence servers a named application supports.

Online

listIMPConnections

List all of the instant messaging and presence server connections that are configured for a named application.

Online

listDefaultIMPConnection

List the default instant messaging and presence server connection that is configured for a named application.

Online

setDefaultIMPConnection

Set a specified connection as the default instant messaging and presence server connection.

Online

setIMPServiceProperty

Specify defaults for instant messaging and presence.

Online

removeIMPServiceProperty

Remove defaults for instant messaging and presence.

Online

listIMPServiceProperties

List instant messaging and presence properties.

Online

createIMPExtAppConnection

Create an external application suitable for instant messaging and presence server connection.

Online


10.9.1 createIMPConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.1.1 Description

Creates an instant messaging and presence server connection for a named application.

Use the listIMPAdapters command to find out which types of instant messaging and presence servers are supported. Out-of-the-box, WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications support Microsoft Office Live Communications Server 2005 R2 (LCS), and Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 SP1 (OCS), and Microsoft Lync 2010.

While you can register multiple presence server connections for WebCenter Portal or your own Portal Framework applications, only one connection is used for instant messaging and presence services—the default (or active) connection.

10.9.1.2 Syntax

createIMPConnection(appName, name, adapter, url, [appId, poolName, 
userDomain, timeout, default, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
adapter
Adapter name. Specify the adapter that matches your instant messaging and presence server. Valid values are LCS and OCS

Choose LCS for Microsoft Live Communications Server 2005.

Choose OCS2007 for Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 and Microsoft Lync.

url
URL of the sever hosting instant messaging and presence services.

For example: http://myocshost.com:8888

domain
Deprecated.

Use the setIMPServiceProperty command to resolve IM addresses.

appId
Optional. External application associated with the presence server connection.

If specified, external application credential information is used to authenticate users against the LCS, OCS, or Lync server. This argument is mandatory for LCS, OCS and Lync server connections.

The external application you configure for instant messaging and presence services must use authMethod=POST, and specify an additional field with fieldName='Account' and displaytoUser=1. If an external application does not exist yet, use the WLST command createIMPExtAppConnection to create an external application that automatically has all the required additional fields.

See also addExtAppField and setExtAppField.

poolName
Optional. Pool name that is required to create an LCS, OCS, or Lync connection. Refer to Microsoft Live Communications Server, Microsoft Office Communications Server, or Microsoft Lync Server documentation for details on pool names.

This argument is mandatory for LCS, OCS, and Lync server connections.

userDomain
Optional. (OCS and Lync connections only.) Active Directory domain on the OCS/Lync server.

This argument is mandatory for OCS/Lync server connections.

timeout
Optional. Length of time (in seconds) that instant messaging and presence waits for a response from the presence server before issuing a connection timeout message. This argument defaults to -1.

When set to -1, the service default (10 seconds) applies.

default
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default connection for instant messaging and presence services.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.1.3 Examples

The following example creates an external application suitable for an instant messaging and presence server connection and then creates a connection named myLCSPresenceServer to a Microsoft Live Communications Server:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createIMPExtApp(appName='webcenter', name='LCSExtApp', displayName='IMP Ext App')

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createIMPConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myLCSPresenceServer', adapter='LCS', url='http://mylcshost.com/owc/lcs', 
appId='LCSExtApp', poolName='pool1.myhost.com', timeout=60, default=1)

The following example creates an instant messaging and presence server connection to a Microsoft Office Communications Server named myOCSPresenceServer.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createIMPConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myOCSPresenceServer', adapter='OCS2007', url='http://myocshost.com/owc/ocs', 
appId='OCSExtApp', userDomain='OCS', poolName='pool01.myocshost.com', timeout=60, default=1)

The following example creates an instant messaging and presence server connection to a Microsoft Lync Server named myLyncServer.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createIMPConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myLyncServer', adapter='OCS2007', 
url='http://mylynchost.com:8888' appId='LyncExtApp', userDomain='LYNC', poolName='pool05.mylynchost.com', timeout=60, default=1))

10.9.2 setIMPConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.2.1 Description

Edits an existing instant messaging and presence server connection. Use this command to update connection attributes.

The connection is created using the createIMPConnection command.

10.9.2.2 Syntax

setIMPConnection(appName, name, [adapter, url, appId, poolName, 
userDomain, timeout, default, server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing presence server connection.
adapter
Optional. Adapter name. Specify the adapter that matches your instant messaging and presence server. Valid values are LCS, and OCS2007.

Choose LCS for Microsoft Live Communications Server.

Choose OCS2007 for Microsoft Office Communications Server and Microsoft Lync Server.

url
Optional. URL of the server hosting instant messaging and presence services.
domain
Deprecated.

Use the setIMPServiceProperty command to resolve IM addresses.

appId
Optional. External application associated with the presence server connection.

If specified, external application credential information is used to authenticate users against the LCS, OCS, or Lync server. This argument is mandatory for LCS, OCS and Lync server connections.

The external application you configure for instant messaging and presence services must use authMethod=POST, and specify an additional field with fieldName='Account' and displaytoUser=1. If an external application does not exist yet, use the WLST command createIMPExtAppConnection to create an external application that automatically has all the required additional fields.

See also addExtAppField and setExtAppField.

poolName
Optional. (LCS, OCS, and Lync) Pool name that is required to create an LCS, OCS, or Lync connection. Refer to Microsoft Live Communications Server, Microsoft Office Communications Server or Microsoft Lync Server documentation for details on pool names.

This argument is mandatory for LCS, OCS, and Lync server connections.

userDomain
Optional. (OCS and Lync only.) Active Directory domain on the OCS server.

This argument is mandatory for OCS/Lync server connections.

timeout
Optional. Length of time (in seconds) that instant messaging and presence waits for a response from the presence server before issuing a connection timeout message.

This argument defaults to -1. When set to -1, the service default (10 seconds) applies.

default
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default connection for instant messaging and presence services. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.

To specify that instant messaging and presence uses this connection, change the value from 0 to 1.

To disable this connection, use the removeIMPServiceProperty command:

removeIMPServiceProperty('appName='webcenter', property='selected.connection')

While you can register multiple presence server connections for an application, only one connection is used for instant messaging and presence services—the default (or active) connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.2.3 Examples

The following example sets attributes on an existing instant messaging and presence server connection.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setIMPConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myOCSPresenceServer', adapter='OCS2007', url='http://myocshost.com/owc/ocs', 
timeout=120, default=1)

The following example sets attributes on an existing instant messaging and presence server connection.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setIMPConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myLCSPresenceServer', adapter='LCS', url='http://mylcshost.com/owc/lcs', 
appId='LCSExtApp', poolName='pool3.myhost.com', default=0)

10.9.3 setIMPConnectionProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.3.1 Description

Sets an instant messaging and presence server connection property. Use this command if additional parameters are required to connect to your presence server. This is an extensible way to add any connection property using a key and a value. (You are not limited to connection properties specified by createIMPConnection and setIMPConnection.)

All known, additional connection properties are listed in Table 10-14, "Additional Instant Messaging and Presence Connection Properties".

Table 10-14 Additional Instant Messaging and Presence Connection Properties

Additional
Connection Property
Description

presence.url

URL to the presence server This must be supplied if presence is deployed on a separate server.

contacts.url

URL to the contact management service. This must be supplied if the contact management service is deployed on a separate server.

call.url

URL for the third-party call server. If no value is supplied, then this uses the same value as base.connection.url.

call.method

Supports values sip and pstn:

When set to sip, the IMP service forwards the user's SIP address to the third-party call service. The third-party call service must decide on the routing of the call.

When set to pstn, the user's phone number is based on the user's profile attribute (BUSINESS_PHONE). You can use the connection property call.number.attribute to change this default profile attribute (BUSINESS_PHONE) to any other attribute.

call.domain

The domain name of the pstn gateway. If no domain name is supplied, then this uses the domain value specified when the connection was created. Supply a domain name only when call.method is set to pstn.

contact.number.attribute

The attribute used to read users' phone numbers from the user profile. The default is BUSINESS_PHONE. Supply this attribute value only when call.method is set to pstn.

primary.domain

If the WebCenter user identity is qualified with a domain (for example, john.doe@oracle.com), and if the presence server domain is different (for example, john.doe@example.com) then specify the primary domain oracle.com here.

If the user identity is qualified with a domain and the presence server uses the same oracle.com domain, then it is not necessary that you specify the primary.domain.


Note:

Do not use the setIMPConnectionProperty to set connection properties available through createIMPConnection or setIMPConnection. Attempting to do so has no effect.

10.9.3.2 Syntax

setIMPConnectionProperty(appName, name, key, value, [secure, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing presence server connection.
key
Name of the connection property. See Table 10-14, "Additional Instant Messaging and Presence Connection Properties".
value
Value for the property. Allows any property to be modified on the connection with a key and value.
secure
Optional. Indicates whether the property value must be stored securely using encryption. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false). When 1, the value is encrypted. The default option is 0.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.3.3 Example

The following example adds a custom instant messaging and presence server connection property called admin.user with a default value admin:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setIMPConnectionProperty(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyLCSPresenceServer', key='admin.user', value='admin')

10.9.4 deleteIMPConnectionProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.4.1 Description

Deletes an instant messaging and presence server connection property. Use caution when deleting connection properties because the connection might not work as expected if the configuration becomes invalid as a result.

This command can only delete additional connection properties added using the setIMPConnectionProperty command.

10.9.4.2 Syntax

deleteIMPConnectionProperty(appName, name, key, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing presence server connection.
key
Name of the connection property you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.4.3 Example

The following example deletes an instant messaging and presence server connection property named admin.user.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>deleteIMPConnectionProperty(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyLCSPresenceServer', key='admin.user')

10.9.5 listIMPAdapters

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.5.1 Description

Lists which types of instant messaging and presence servers Oracle WebCenter Portal supports. Out-of-the-box, WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications support Microsoft Live Communications Server 2005 R2 (LCS), Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 SP1 (OCS) and Microsoft Lync 2010.

10.9.5.2 Syntax

listIMPAdapters() 

10.9.5.3 Example

The following example lists which presence servers are supported:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listIMPAdapters()

10.9.6 listIMPConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.6.1 Description

Lists all of the instant messaging and presence server connections that are configured for a named application.

10.9.6.2 Syntax

listIMPConnections(appName,[verbose, name, server, applicationVersion)
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays presence server connection details in verbose mode. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listIMPConnections lists all of the presence server connections that are configured for the named application, along with their details.When set to 0, only connection names are listed. This argument defaults to 0.

name
Optional. Name of an existing presence server connection. Use this argument to view connection details for a specific presence server connection.

Note that if you use the name argument when verbose argument set to 1, the verbose argument is ignored.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.6.3 Examples

The following example lists all the instant messaging and presence server connections that are configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listIMPConnections(appName='webcenter')

The following example lists all the instant messaging and presence server connections that are configured for WebCenter Portal in verbose mode:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listIMPConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)

The following example lists connection details for an instant messaging and presence server connections named impConnection1.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listIMPConnections(appName='webcenter', name='impConnection1')

10.9.7 listDefaultIMPConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.7.1 Description

Lists the connection that instant messaging and presence is using, in a named application. While you can register multiple presence server connections for WebCenter Portal or your own Portal Framework applications, instant messaging and presence only uses one connection—the default (or active) connection.

If only one presence server connection is available, that connection is assumed to be the default connection.

10.9.7.2 Syntax

listDefaultIMPConnection(appName, verbose, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays the default presence server connection in verbose mode, if available.

Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false). When set to 1, the name and details of the presence server connection are listed.

When set to 0, only the connection name displays. This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.7.3 Example

The following example lists the name and details of the connection that instant messaging and presence is using in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listDefaultIMPConnection(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)

10.9.8 setDefaultIMPConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.8.1 Description

Specifies the default connection for instant messaging and presence in a named application. While you can register multiple presence server connections with an application, instant messaging and presence only uses one connection—the default (or active) connection.

If only one presence server connection is available, that connection is assumed to be the default connection.

10.9.8.2 Syntax

setDefaultIMPConnection(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing instant messaging and presence connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.8.3 Example

The following example makes a connection named myPresenceServer the default (or active) connection for instant messaging and presence in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDefaultIMPConnection(appName='webcenter', name='myPresenceServer') 

10.9.9 setIMPServiceProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.9.1 Description

Specifies default values for instant messaging and presence.

Configurable properties for instant messaging and presence are listed in Table 10-15, "Instant Messaging and Presence - Configurable Properties".

Table 10-15 Instant Messaging and Presence - Configurable Properties

Configuration Property Description

selected.connection

Connection used by instant messaging and presence.

rtc.cache.time

Cache timeout for instant messaging and presence data. The default is 60 seconds.

resolve.display.name.from.user.profile

Determines what to display if user display names are missing. When set to 0, and display name information is unavailable, only the user name displays in the application. When set to 1, and display name information is unavailable, display names are read from user profile data. Setting this option to 1 will impact performance. The default setting is 0.

Display names are not mandatory in presence data. If WebCenter Portal or the Portal Framework application does not always provide display names by default and you consider this information important, set resolve.display.name.from.user.profile to 1 so that display names always display.

im.address.resolver.class

Resolver implementation used to map user names to IM addresses and IM addresses to user names.

The default setting is oracle.webcenter.collab.rtc.IMPAddressResolverImpl. This implementation looks for IM addresses in the following places and in the order specified:

  • User Preferences

  • User Credentials

  • User Profiles

im.address.profile.attribute

User profile attribute used to determine a user's IM address. The default setting is BUSINESS_EMAIL.


10.9.9.2 Syntax

setIMPServiceProperty(appName, property, value, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

property
Name of the configuration property.
value
Value for the property.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.9.3 Example

The following example changes the default cache timeout for instant messaging and presence data in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setIMPServiceProperty(appName='webcenter', 
property='rtc.cache.time', value='30')

10.9.10 removeIMPServiceProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.10.1 Description

Removes the current value that is set for an instant messaging and presence property. Use this command to remove any of the properties listed in Table 10-15, "Instant Messaging and Presence - Configurable Properties".

Take care when using this command as removing values for these properties might cause unexpected behavior.

Note:

Use this command syntax to disable the connection currently used by instant messaging and presence:

removeIMPServiceProperty('appName='webcenter', property='selected.connection')

This command forces the default connection argument to 0. See also, setIMPConnection.

10.9.10.2 Syntax

removeIMPServiceProperty(appName, property, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

property
Name of the configuration property.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.10.3 Example

The following example clears the cache expiration value for instant messaging and presence in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>removeIMPServiceProperty(appName='webcenter', 
property='rtc.cache.time')

10.9.11 listIMPServiceProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.11.1 Description

Lists all configurable properties for instant messaging and presence.

10.9.11.2 Syntax

listIMPServiceProperties(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.11.3 Example

The following example lists configuration properties for instant messaging and presence in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listIMPServiceProperties(appName='webcenter') 

10.9.12 createIMPExtAppConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.9.12.1 Description

Creates an external application suitable for instant messaging and presence server connections. The external application is configured with the required additional properties: authMethod=POST, and additional fields fieldName='Account' and displaytoUser=1.

10.9.12.2 Syntax

createIMPExtAppConnection(appName, name, [displayName, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
displayName
Optional. External application display name. A user friendly name for the application that users will recognize.

The display name must be unique across all external applications within the application.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.9.12.3 Example

The following example creates an external application named IMPxApp suitable for instant messaging and presence server connections:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createIMPExtAppConnection(appName='webcenter',
name='IMPxApp', displayName='IMP Ext App') 

10.10 Identity Store

Use the commands listed in Table 10-16 to configure options for searching an application's identity store.

Table 10-16 WebCenter Portal Identity Store WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

setWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig

Modify configuration options for searching a named applications's identity store.

Online

listWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig

List current configuration options for searching a named application's identity store.

Online


10.10.1 setWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.10.1.1 Description

Modifies configuration options for searching a named application's identity store. Use these settings to optimize identity store searches (for users and roles) in WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application.

Identity store search parameters are stored in adf-config.xml. If a search parameter is not specified, it is not modified.

10.10.1.2 Syntax

setWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig(appName,[narrowSearchTimeout, broadSearchTimeout, maxSearchFilters, maxFetchRecords, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

narrowSearchTimeout
Optional. Maximum time allowed (in ms) for small, simple searches, such as fetching a single user from the identity store.

Out-of-the-box, the default is 30000ms.

broadSearchTimeout
Optional. Maximum time allowed (in ms) to return large result sets, such as returning users and roles that match a name pattern.

Out-of-the-box, the default is 60000.

maxSearchFilters
Optional. Number of search filters allowed for the application's identity store. The maximum allowed, out-of-the-box, is 100.

Some identity store searches are executed using search filters which are converted into LDAP search calls. If your associated LDAP server limits the search condition, you can set the maxSearchFilters property to match your LDAP server setting.

maxFetchRecords
Optional. Maximum number of records to be returned from each search query. Out-of-the-box, the default is 100.

The value of this setting will impact the performance of your LDAP server so take this into consideration when increasing the search result limit.

Note that the LDAP server imposes its own search result limit, so the actual limit that is used will be the lesser of these two values.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.10.1.3 Example

The following example increases both identity store search timeouts.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig(appName='webcenter', narrowSearchTimeout=60000, broadSearchTimeout=100000);

The following example limits the maximum number of records returned to 100.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig(appName='webcenter', maxFetchRecords=100);

10.10.2 listWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.10.2.1 Description

Lists current configuration options for searching the identity store for a named application (WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application).

Identity store search parameters are stored in adf-config.xml.

10.10.2.2 Syntax

listWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.10.2.3 Example

The following example displays identity store search configuration information for WebCenter Portal (webcenter).

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listWebCenterIdStoreSearchConfig(appName='webcenter');
-----------------
User role search configuration parameters
-----------------
Narrow search timeout    : 30000
Broad search timeout     : 60000
Maximum search filters   : 100
Maximum records to fetch : 200

10.11 Lifecycle

Use the commands listed in Table 10-17 to perform lifecycle operations for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Table 10-17 Lifecycle WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

deployWebCenterPortal

(WebCenter Portal only)

Deploy a portal from a stage environment to a production environment.

Online

propagateWebCenterPortal

(WebCenter Portal only)

Propagate metadata for a named portal, from a stage environment to a production environment.

Online

exportWebCenterPortals

(WebCenter Portal only)

Export one or more named portals to a portal archive (.par file).

Online

exportWebCenterPortalTemplates

(WebCenter Portal only)

Export one or more named portal templates to a portal archive (.par file).

Online

importWebCenterPortals

(WebCenter Portal only)

Import one or more portals or portal templates from a portal archive (.par file).

Online

listWebCenterPortalArchive

(WebCenter Portal only)

List the content of a portal archive and extract the portal archive to a specified location

Online or Offline

exportWebCenterPortalChanges

(WebCenter Portal only)

Export metadata changes for a portal to a portal archive (.par file).

Online

importWebCenterPortalChanges

(WebCenter Portal only)

Import metadata changes for a portal from a portal archive (.par file).

Online

exportWebCenterPortalConnections

(WebCenter Portal only)

Export connection configuration information from a source WebCenter Portal environment to a named file.

Online

importWebCenterPortalConnections

(WebCenter Portal only)

Import new WebCenter Portal connections from a named connection properties file.

Online

setSpaceState

(WebCenter Portal only)

Take a portal offline or bring a portal online.

Online

exportWebCenterResource

Export a portal resource to an export archive (.ear file).

Online

importWebCenterResource

Import a portal resource from an export archive (.ear file)

Online

importWebCenterTranslations

Import translations for WebCenter Portal.

Online

exportWebCenterApplication

Export the WebCenter Portal application to an export archive (.ear file).

Online

importWebCenterApplication

Import the WebCenter Portal application from an export archive (.ear file).

Online

exportPortletClientMetadata

Export portlet client metadata and producer customizations and personalizations to an export archive.

Online

importPortletClientMetadata

Import portlet client metadata and producer customizations and personalizations from an export archive.

Online

showProducerImportFailures

Display names of producers where metadata imports have failed and reasons for those failures.

Online

retryAllFailedProducerImports

Attempt to import outstanding producer metadata

Online

cloneWebCenterManagedServer

Clone a Managed Server used by WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application.

Online


Table 10-18 Life Cycle WLST Commands Deprecated in 11.1.1.8.0

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

exportGroupSpaces (Deprecated)

Export one or more spaces to an export archive.

Online

exportGroupSpaceTemplates (Deprecated)

Export one or more space templates to an export archive.

Online

importGroupSpaces (Deprecated)

Import one or more spaces or space templates from an export archive.

Online


10.11.1 deployWebCenterPortal

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.1.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Deploys a portal from a stage environment to a production environment.

Notes:

  • The name of the managed server must be the same in both the stage and production environments.

  • A connection to the production environment must be defined on the stage instance.

  • You must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and the WebCenter Portal permission Portals - Manage All.

10.11.1.2 Syntax

deployWebCenterPortal(appName, portalName, targetConnectionName, 
deployCustomizations, deployPortalContent, deploySecurity, deployData, 
deployActivities, overwrite, savePortal, deployLog, server, applicationVersion)
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

portalName
Name of the portal that you want to deploy. For example, portalName='myPortal'.

Note: Do not enter the portal's display name here. You must enter the portal name that appears in the portal URL. If you are not sure, obtain the portal name from the About Portal dialog.

targetConnectionName
Name of a connection on the source stage instance that specifies how to connect to the target production instance.

Note: Use Enterprise Manager or the WLST command adf_createHttpUrlConnection to configure the connection if it does not exist.

deployCustomizations
Optional. Indicates whether to deploy customizations associated with the portal on the target.Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Deploy portal customizations. This includes:

    Portal-level customizations (to system pages, assets, task flows, and so on)

    User-level customizations (sometimes referred to as user personalizations)

    deployCustomizations does not completely overwrite existing portal customizations on the target (if any). Only customizations included in the source portal are overwritten on deployment, leaving any other customizations on the target unchanged.

  • 0 - Exclude portal customizations, for example, deploy default task flows without any customizations and the default portal settings. If you are redeploying a portal, all existing customizations on the target are preserved.

This argument defaults to 1.

deployPortalContent
Optional. Specifies whether to deploy the portal's content folder on the target. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Deploys the portal's content folder.

  • 0 - Excludes portal content.

This argument defaults to 0.

deploySecurity
Optional. Indicates whether to import portal member details on the target. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Roles and permissions for the portal, as well as member details and their role assignments, are deployed on the target.

  • 0 - Only portal roles and permissions are deployed. This option is useful when migrating between stage and production environments and where member details, added during the testing phase, are no longer required.

This argument defaults to 1.

Note: Always set deploySecurity=1 when importing a brand new portal as you cannot import a new portal without a security policy.

deployData
Optional. Indicates whether to deploy portal data on the target. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Portal-related data stored in the WebCenter Portal database for activity streams, events, feedback, lists, links, message boards, people connections, polls, profiles, polls, and surveys is deployed.

  • 0 - Portal data is not deployed and data on the target (if any) is preserved. This option is useful when migrating between stage and production environments and where test data is no longer required.

This argument defaults to 1.

deployActivities
Optional. Indicates whether to deploy activity stream messages on the target. This option is only applicable when deployData=1.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Activity stream messages from the source portal are deployed on the target.

  • 0 - Activity stream messages from the source portal are not deployed to the target. Activity on the target (if any) is preserved. This option is useful when migrating between stage and production environments and where test activity data is not required.

This argument defaults to 1.

overwrite
Optional. Specifies whether to redeploy the portal if the portal already exists in the target. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Redeploys the portal.

  • 0 - Prevents redeployment if the portal exists.

This argument defaults to 0.

savePortal
Optional. Specifies whether to back up the portal on the target instance before the portal is redeployed.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Backs up the portal before deployment. The backup archive is saved to the temporary directory on the target machine.

  • 0 - Does not perform a portal back up before deployment.

The default value is 0.

deployLog
Optional. Name and location of a local log file containing detailed information about the deploy operation.

If not specified, a deploy log file named PortalDeploy_<timestamp>.log is generated in the temporary directory.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.1.3 Examples

The following example deploys a portal named myPortal without its content folder but includes the portal's customizations, security, and data:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deployWebCenterPortal(appName='webcenter', 
portalName='myPortal', targetConnectionName='MyProductionConnection')

Note:

You can use the adf_createHttpUrlConnection WLST command to create MyProductionConnection:. For example:

adf_createHttpURLConnection(appName='webcenter', name='MyProductionConnection', url='http://example.com:7777', user='myuser', password='mypassword', realm='ProductionRealm')

The following example deploys a portal named myPortal with all its associated content, customizations, security, and data, and also specifies a name and location for the deploy log file:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deployWebCenterPortal(appName='webcenter', 
portalName='myPortal', targetConnectionName='MyProductionConnection', 
deployPortalContent=1, deployLog='/mydeploylogs/myPortal_deploy.log')

The following example backs up myPortal on the target before redeploying "myPortal" and all its associated content, customizations, security, and data on the source:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deployWebCenterPortal(appName='webcenter', 
portalName='myPortal', targetConnectionName='MyProductionConnection', 
deployPortalContent=1, savePortal=1, overwrite=1)

10.11.2 propagateWebCenterPortal

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.2.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Propagates metadata changes for a named portal, from a stage environment to a production environment. Metadata changes propagated:

  • Includes:

    • Portal-level customizations (metadata changes) for portal pages, system pages, portlets, assets, task flows

    • User-level customizations (metadata changes) for portal pages, portlets, task flow instances

  • Excludes: subportals, security, any changes to content and data, portal state (online/offline)

Important:

You can only propagate portals that were previously deployed (from stage to production) using the deployWebCenterPortal command.

To migrate other changes, consider using exportWebCenterPortals and importWebCenterPortals or deployWebCenterPortal.

Notes:

  • The name of the managed server must be the same in both the stage and production environments.

  • A connection to the production environment must be defined on the stage instance.

  • You must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and the WebCenter Portal permission Portals - Manage All.

10.11.2.2 Syntax

propagateWebCenterPortal(appName, portalName, targetConnectionName, [savePortal, propagateLog, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

portalName
Name of the portal that you want to deploy. For example, portalName='myPortal'.

Note: Do not enter the portal's display name here. You must enter the portal name that appears in the portal URL. If you are not sure, obtain the portal name from the About Portal dialog.

targetConnectionName
Name of a connection on the source stage instance that specifies how to connect to the target production instance.

Note: Use Enterprise Manager or the WLST command adf_createHttpUrlConnection to configure the connection if it does not exist.

savePortal
Optional. Specifies whether to back up the portal on the target instance to an archive before propagating changes.

Valid values are 1 and 0:

  • 1 - Backs up the target portal to an archive before propagation. If created, the backup archive is saved to the /tmp directory on the target machine.

  • 0 - Do not back up the target portal before propagating changes.

The default value is 0.

propagateLog
Optional. Name and location of a local log file containing detailed information about the propagation operation.

If not specified, a propagation log file named PortalPropagation_<timestamp>.log is generated in the temporary directory.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.2.3 Example

The following example propagates metadata changes for a portal named myPortal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> propagateWebCenterPortal(appName='webcenter', portalName='myPortal', targetConnectionName='MyProductionConnection')

Note:

You can use the adf_createHttpUrlConnection WLST command to create MyProductionConnection. For example:

adf_createHttpURLConnection(appName='webcenter', name='MyProductionConnection', url='http://example.com:7777', user='myuser', password='mypassword', realm='ProductionRealm')

The following example backs up a portal named myPortal and then propagates metadata changes for the portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> propagateWebCenterPortal(appName='webcenter', portalName='myPortal', targetConnectionName='MyProductionConnection', savePortal=1)

The following example propagates metadata changes for a portal named myPortal, and also specifies a name and location for the propagation log file:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> propagateWebCenterPortal(appName='webcenter', 
portalName='myPortal', targetConnectionName='MyProductionConnection', 
propagateLog='/mypropagationlogs/myPortal_propagation.log')

10.11.3 exportWebCenterPortals

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.3.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Exports one or more named portals to a portal archive (.par file), using the filename specified.

The portal archive file contains one or more portal data archives (.pdr files) -- one for each portal (or portal hierarchy) that you export. Each portal data archive includes portal-specific data, portal-level customizations, user-level customizations, security information, and optionally, the portal content folder.

The export operation continues if one of the portals fail to export properly. Status messages are shown in the WLST console indicating the success or failure of the export operation for each specified portal. Portals that could not be exported are excluded from the .par file.

Note:

To run this command you must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and the WebCenter Portal permission Portals - Manage All.

10.11.3.2 Syntax

exportWebCenterPortals(appName, fileName, [names, offlineDuringExport, exportPortalContent, exportConnections, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

fileName
Name and location of the export archive (.par file). For example, /myExports/myPortalExport.par.

If you do not specify a location, the archive is created in the same directory that you run the WLST command.

names
Optional. Name of one or more portals that you want to export. Separate multiple portal names with a comma. For example: names='sales,finance'

Note: Do not enter the portal's display names here. You must enter the name that is specified in the portal URL. The portal name is available from the About Portal dialog.

If you leave the names argument blank, all the portals are exported (up to a maximum of ten portals). If your instance contains more than ten portals you must name each portal individually, using the names argument.

offlineDuringExport
Optional. Indicates whether the portals you want to export must be offline before starting the export process. If users are allowed to access the portal, any changes made to the portal once the export starts are not exported.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Takes online portals (if any) offline before starting the export process and at the end of the export process, returns those portals back to their original online state.

    To prevent data loss during the export process, Oracle recommends that you set offlineDuringExport=1.

  • 0 - Exports the portals in their current state.

The default value is 0.

exportPortalContent
Optional. Specifies whether to export each portal's content folder on WebCenter Content Server.

A content folder is automatically created on Content Server for any portal using document services to create, manage, and store portal documents (files, folders, wikis, blogs). Only content that is stored in this folder can be exported with the portal.The export does not, for example, include web content or pages displayed through Content Presenter since this information is not stored in the portal's content folder.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Exports the portal's content folder.

  • 0 - Excludes portal content.

The default value is 0.

exportConnections
Optional. Specifies whether to export WebCenter Portal connections into a file named connection.properties and include it in the portal archive (.par file).

In addition, a copy of connection.properties is included outside the archive at the same location, that is, the location specified using the fileName option.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Export WebCenter Portal connections

  • 0 - Do not export WebCenter Portal connections.

The default value is 0.

See also, "Understanding Connection Property Files" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.3.3 Examples

The following example exports myPortal1 and myPortal2 to myPortalExport.par:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortals(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalExport.par', names='myPortal1, myPortal2')

The following example exports myPortal1 to myPortalExport.par. To ensure that myPortal1 is offline while the export operation takes place, offlineDuringExport is set to 1:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortals(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalExport.par', names='myPortal1', offlineDuringExport=1)

The following example exports all the portals, including portal content folders, to exportAllMyPortals.par:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortals(appName='webcenter', fileName='exportAllMyPortals.par', exportPortalContent=1)

10.11.4 exportWebCenterPortalTemplates

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.4.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Exports one or more named portal templates to a portal archive (.par file), using the filename specified. The portal archive file contains a portal data archive (.pdr file) for each portal template you export.

Each portal data archive includes template-specific data (pages, discussions, and lists), customizations, security information, and optionally, portal template content.

The export operation continues if one of the portal templates fails to export properly. Status messages are shown in the WLST console indicating the success or failure of the export operation for each specified portal. Portal templates that could not be exported are excluded from the .par file.

Note:

To run this command you must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and the WebCenter Portal permission Portal Templates - Manage All.

10.11.4.2 Syntax

exportWebCenterPortalTemplates(appName, fileName, [names, exportPortalTemplateContent, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

fileName
Name and location of the export archive (.par file). For example, /myExports/myPortalTemplateExport.par.

If you do not specify a location, the archive is created in the same directory that you run the WLST command.

names
Optional. Name of one or more portals templates that you want to export. Separate multiple template names with a comma. For example: names='mySalesTemplate,myHRTemplate'

Note: Do not enter portal template display names here. You must enter the name that is specified in the portal template URL. The portal name is available from the About Portal Template dialog.

If you leave the names argument blank, all the templates are exported (up to a maximum of ten templates). If your instance contains more than ten portal templates you must name each template individually, using the names argument.

exportPortalTemplateContent
Optional. Specifies whether to export each template's content folder on WebCenter Content Server.

A content folder is automatically created on Content Server for any template using document services to create, manage, and store template documents (files, folders, wikis, blogs). Only content that is stored in this folder can be exported with the portal template.The export does not, for example, include web content or pages displayed through Content Presenter since this information is not stored in the portal template's content folder.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Exports the portal template's content folder.

  • 0 - Excludes portal template content.

The default value is 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.4.3 Examples

The following example exports myPortalTemplate1 and myPortalTemplate2 to myPortalTemplateExport.par:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortalTemplates(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalTemplateExport.par', names='myPortalTemplate1, myPortalTemplate2')

The following example exports all the portal templates, including portal template content, to exportAllMyPortalTemplates.par:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortalTemplates(appName='webcenter', fileName='exportAllMyPortalTemplates.par', exportPortalTemplateContent=1)

10.11.5 importWebCenterPortals

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.5.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Imports one or more portals or portal templates from a portal archive (.par file).

Note:

To run this command you must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and either the WebCenter Portal permission Portals - Manage All or Portal Templates - Manage All.

10.11.5.2 Syntax

importWebCenterPortals(appName, fileName, names, [parentPortal, 
importCustomizations, importPortalContent, importSecurity, importData, 
importActivities, overwrite, savePortals, forceOffline, importLog, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

fileName
Name of the portal archive (.par file) containing the portals or portal templates you want to import. For example, mySalesPortal.par.

Note: If you want to import a space archive (.ear file) that was generated from a previous WebCenter Portal release, specify the name of the .ear file. For example, myOldFinanceSpace.ear.

names
Name of one or more portals or portal templates that you want to import. For example: names='sales'.

Separate multiple names with a comma. For example: names='sales,finance'

Note: Do not enter display names here. You must enter the name that is specified in the portal or portal template URL:

  • Portal names are available from the About Portal dialog.

  • Portal template names are available from the About Portal Template dialog.

Note: The names argument is ignored if the archive that you want to import was generated to an .ear file from an earlier WebCenter Portal version, that is, version 11.1.1.7.0 or earlier.

parentPortal
Optional. Name of the parent portal under which to place portals in the archive. If specified, imported portals become subportals of the parent portal.

This argument defaults to null. When no parent is specified, archived portals are imported as root portals.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

importCustomizations
Optional. Indicates whether to import customizations from the portal archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Imports the portal's customizations. This includes:

    Portal-level customizations (to system pages, assets, task flows, and so on)

    User-level customizations (sometimes referred to as user personalizations)

    Import does not completely overwrite existing portal customizations on the target (if any). Only customizations included in the portal archive are overwritten on import, leaving any other customizations on the target unchanged.

  • 0 - New portals are imported without customizations, for example, default task flows and default portal settings are imported.

    If you are importing a portal that already exists on the target, existing customizations on the target are preserved.

This argument defaults to 1.

Note: Portlet and page customizations are always imported.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

importPortalContent
Optional. Specifies whether to import content associated with the portal or portal template, that is, import documents in the archive (if any) to the target content repository.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Imports content into the target portal or portal template's content folder. Existing folders are overwritten.

  • 0 - Excludes portal (or portal template) content. This option is useful when migrating between stage and production environments where test content is no longer required.

This argument defaults to 0.

Note: Portal archives that contain large content folders may exceed the maximum upload size for files (2 GB by default). If necessary, you can increase this setting. For details, see "Changing the Maximum File Upload Size" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

importSecurity
Optional. Indicates whether or not to import portal member details from the export archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Imports roles and permissions for the portal, as well as member details and their role assignments

  • 0 - Imports only portal roles and permissions. This option is useful when migrating between stage and production environments and where member details, added during the testing phase, are no longer required.

This argument defaults to 1.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

importData
Optional. Indicates whether to import data from the export archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Portal-related data stored in the WebCenter Portal database for activity streams, events, feedback, lists, links, message boards, people connections, polls, profiles, and surveys is imported.

  • 0 - Portal data is not imported and data on the target (if any) is preserved. This option is useful when migrating between stage and production environments and where test data is no longer required.

This argument defaults to 1.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

importActivities
Optional. Indicates whether to import activity messages from the export archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Activity messages stored in the portal archive are imported.

  • 0 - Activity messages are not imported.

This argument defaults to 1.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

overwrite
Optional. Specifies whether to overwrite portals or portal templates that exist in the target.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Overwrites existing portals (or portal templates).

  • 0 - Only imports new portals (or portal templates). Do not import portals or portal templates that exist on the target.

The default is 0.

savePortals
Optional. Specifies whether to save existing portals or portal templates to an archive before starting the import operation.

Valid values are 1 and 0:

  • 1 - Before importing, back up existing portals or portal templates to an archive. If created, the archive is copied to the /tmp directory on the target machine.

  • 0 - Do not back up existing portals or portal templates.

The default value is 0.

forceOffline
Optional. Specifies whether to take existing portals offline before starting the import process.

Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 - Takes the portals offline before starting the import process.

  • 0 - Attempts to import the portals. If one or more portals are currently online, you are prompted to take the portals offline.

The default value is 0.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

importLog
Optional. Specifies the name of a local log file containing detailed information about the import operation.

If not specified, a log file named PortalImport_< timestamp>.log is generated in the temporary directory.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.5.3 Example

The following example imports a new version of the sales portal archived in myPortalExport.par and specifies a name and location for the import log file. To ensure that the existing sales portal is offline while the import operation takes place, forceOffline is set to 1:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterPortals(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalExport.par', names='sales', forceOffline=1, importLog='sales_import.log')

The following example saves a copy of the sales portal before re-importing a new version of the sales portal from myPortalExport.par:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterPortals(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalExport.par', names='sales', savePortals=1)

The following example imports the newHire portal template archived in myPortalTemplateExport.par and specifies a name and location for the import log file:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterPortals(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalTemplateExport.par', names='newHire', importLog='newHireTemplate_import.log')

10.11.6 listWebCenterPortalArchive

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online or Offline

10.11.6.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Lists the content of a portal archive and optionally, extracts the portal archive to a specified location.

10.11.6.2 Syntax

listWebCenterPortalArchive(appName, fileName, [extractDir, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

fileName
Name and location of a portal archive.
extractDir
Optional. Destination directory in which to extract portal archive content. If a directory is specified, the portal archive is extracted to that location.

If omitted, archive content is listed but not extracted.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.6.3 Examples

The following example lists the content of myPortal.par and extracts archive content to the directory /myPortalArchives/myPortalContent:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWebCenterPortalArchive(appName='webcenter', fileName='/myPortalArchives/myPortal.par', extractDir='/myPortalArchives/myPortalContent')

10.11.7 exportWebCenterPortalChanges

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use: Online (IBM WebSphere only)

10.11.7.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Exports portal metadata changes for a named portal to a portal archive (.par file), using the filename specified.

Portal metadata changes exported:

  • Includes:

    • Portal-level customizations (metadata changes) for portal pages, system pages, portlets, assets, task flows

    • User-level customizations (metadata changes) for portal pages, portlets, task flow instances

  • Excludes: subportals, security, any changes to content and data, portal state (online/offline)

Notes:

  • You can only export changes for a portal that was previously exported using the exportWebCenterPortals WLST command.

  • You must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and the WebCenter Portal permission Portals - Manage All to run this command.

10.11.7.2 Syntax

exportWebCenterPortalChanges(appName, fileName, portalName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

fileName
Name and location of the export archive (.par file). For example, /myExports/myPortalChangesExport.par.

If you do not specify a location, the archive is created in the same directory that you run the command.

portalName
Name of the portal for which you want to export changes. For example, portalName='myPortal'.

Note: Do not enter the portal's display name here. You must enter the portal name that appears in the portal URL. If you are not sure, obtain the portal name from the About Portal dialog.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.7.3 Example

The following example exports metadata changes for a portal named myPortal to myPortalChangesExport.par:

wsadmin> WebCenter.exportWebCenterPortalChanges(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalChangesExport.par', portalName='myPortal')

10.11.8 importWebCenterPortalChanges

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use: Online (IBM WebSphere only)

10.11.8.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Imports metadata changes from a portal archive (.par file), using the filename specified.

Notes:

  • You can only import changes for a portal that was previously exported using the importWebCenterPortals WLST command.

  • You must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and the WebCenter Portal permission Portals - Manage All to run this command.

10.11.8.2 Syntax

importWebCenterPortalChanges(appName, fileName, [importLog, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

fileName
Name and location of the export archive (.par file). For example, /myExports/myPortalChangesExport.par.
importLog
Optional. Specifies a name of a local log file containing detailed information about the import operation.

If not specified, a log file named PortalChangesImport_< timestamp>.log is generated in the temporary directory.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.8.3 Example

The following example imports metadata changes for a portal from myPortalChangesExport.par:

wsadmin> WebCenter.importWebCenterPortalChanges(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalChangesExport.par')

The following example imports metadata changes for a portal from myPortalChangesExport.par and specifies a name and location for the import log file:

wsadmin> WebCenter.importWebCenterPortalChanges(appName='webcenter', fileName='myPortalChangesExport.par', importLog='myPortalImport.log')

10.11.9 exportWebCenterPortalConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.9.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Exports connection configuration information from the source WebCenter Portal environment to a named file.

The following connections are exported:

  • Analytics collector connections

  • Content repository connections (Oracle WebCenter Content, Oracle Portal, file system location)

  • Discussions server connections

  • Events server connections

  • External application connections

  • Mail server connections

  • Oracle Secure Enterprise Search connections

  • Portlet producer connections (WSRP and PDK-Java)

  • Pagelet producer connections

  • Presence server connections

  • URL connections

  • Web service connections (used by data controls)

  • Worklist / BPEL server connections

Note:

  • Personalization provider connections (for CMIS, Activity Graph, and People Connections) are not exported.

  • You must have at least the WebLogic Admin role to run the exportWebCenterPortalConnections command.

10.11.9.2 Syntax

exportWebCenterPortalConnections(appName, fileName, [connectionType, [connectionName,] logFile, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

fileName
Specifies a name and location for the connection properties file. If you do not specify a location, the file is saved in the current directory.
connectionType
Optional. Specifies the type of connections you want to export. Separate multiple connection types with a comma. For example:

connectionType='wsrpProducerConnection, webServiceConnection'

If left blank, all connection types are exported.

Valid connection types are:

  • analyticsCollectorConnection (Analytics collector)

  • webcenterContentServerConnection (Oracle WebCenter Content)

  • oraclePortalConnection (Oracle Portal)

  • fileSystemConnection (File system)

  • discussionConnection (Discussions server)

  • personalEventConnection (Presence server)

  • externalAppConnection (External application)

  • mailConnection (Mail server)

  • sesConnection (Oracle Secure Enterprise Search)

  • wsrpProducerConnection (WSRP portlet producer)

  • jpdkProducerConnection (PDK-Java portlet producer)

  • pageletProducerConnection (Pagelet producer)

  • impConnection (Presence server)

  • urlConnection (URL)

  • webServiceConnection (Web service)

  • bpelConnection (Worklist / BPEL server)

Note: This argument is mandatory if you specify connectionName.

connectionName
Optional. Names specific connections you want to export for a single connectionType. Separate multiple connection names with a comma.

For example, if connectionType='wsrpProducerConnection', you can specify to export one or more connections of this type: connectionName='myWSRPProducer1,myWSRPProducer2'

When you specify a value for connectionName, you must specify the connectionType argument as well. For example: exportWebCenterPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', fileName='/scratch/conn.properties', connectionType='wsrpProducerConnection', connectionName='MyWSRPConn')

Note: If no names are specified, all connections are exported for the specified connectionType.

logFile
Specifies a name of a local log file containing detailed information about the export connection operation.

If not specified, a log file named ConnectionExport_< timestamp>.log is generated in the temporary directory.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.9.3 Examples

The following example exports connection configuration information for all WSRP producer and web service connections to a file named connection.properties located at /myConnections:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='/myConnections/connection.properties', connectionType='wsrpProducerConnection,webServiceConnection')

The following example exports connection configuration information for two WSRP producer connections named myWSRP1 and myWSRP2 to a file named connection.properties located at /myConnections:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='/myConnections/connection.properties', connectionType='wsrpProducerConnection', connectionName='myWSRP1,myWSRP2')

The following example exports all connection configuration information to a file named connection.properties located at /myConnections:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='/myConnections/connection.properties')

The following example exports connection configuration information to a file named connection.properties located at \myConnections. Detailed information about the export operation is also logged to exportConnections.log located at /myExportLogs:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='/myConnections/connection.properties', logFile='/myExportLogs/exportConnections.log')

10.11.10 importWebCenterPortalConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.10.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Imports new WebCenter Portal connections from a named connection properties file. Connections that do not exist on the target are imported. Connections that exist on the target are ignored.

The following connections can be imported:

  • Analytics collector connections

  • Content repository connections (Oracle WebCenter Content, Oracle Portal, file system location)

  • Discussions server connections

  • Events server connections

  • External application connections

  • Mail server connections

  • Oracle Secure Enterprise Search connections

  • Portlet producer connections (WSRP and PDK-Java)

  • Pagelet producer connections

  • Presence server connections

  • URL connections

  • Web service connections (used by data controls)

  • Worklist / BPEL server connections

Note:

  • You must have at least the WebLogic Admin role to run the importWebCenterPortalConnections command.

  • You can only import connection information that was previously exported using the exportWebCenterPortalConnections command.

  • Newly imported portlet producer, external application, URL, and web service connections are immediately available in the target. For the other connection types, you are prompted to restart the managed server on which WebCenter Portal is deployed to make new connections available.

10.11.10.2 Syntax

importWebCenterPortalConnections(appName, fileName, [promptForPassword, logFile, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

fileName
Specifies the name and location of a connection properties file.
promptForPassword
Optional. Specifies whether to prompt the user for a password if credentials are required to create a new connection during the import operation. For example, you must enter a password to create a new Oracle-Secure Enterprise Search (SES) connection.

Valid values are 1 and 0:

  • 1 - Prompts the user to enter credentials if a password is required.

  • 0 - Do not prompt the user to enter passwords if required to create a new connection. Always set this argument to 0 if you run this command within a script.

The default is 1.

logFile
Optional. Specifies the name of a local log file in which to record detailed information about the import connection operation.

If no value is specified, a log file named ConnectionImport_< timestamp>.log is generated in the temporary directory.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the WebCenter Portal application is deployed.

10.11.10.3 Examples

The following example imports connections defined in a file named connection.properties, located at /myConnections:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='/myConnections/connection.properties')

The following example imports connections defined in a file named connection.properties, located at \myConnections. Detailed information about the import operation is also logged to importConnection.log:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='/myConnections/connection.properties', logFile='importConnection.log')

The following example imports connections defined in a file named connection.properties, located at \myConnections. Do not prompt the user to enter credentials (if required):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterPortalConnections(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='/myConnections/connection.properties', promptForPassword=0)

10.11.11 setSpaceState

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.11.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Takes a portal offline or brings a portal online.

10.11.11.2 Syntax

setSpaceState(appName, spaceName, offline, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

spaceName
Name of the portal you want to take offline or bring online.
offline
Specifies whether to take the portal offline or bring it back online. Valid values are 1 and 0:
  • 1 takes the portal offline

  • 0 brings the portal online

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of tWebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.11.11.3 Example

The following example takes MyPortal offline:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setSpaceState(appName='webcenter', spaceName='MyPortal', offline=1)

10.11.12 exportWebCenterResource

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.12.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications) Exports a single asset, device, or device group to an export archive (.ear file), using the filename specified.

When you export an asset, you can specify either resourceGUID or resourceName.

When you export a device or device group, you can only specify resourceName.

Notes:

10.11.12.2 Syntax

exportWebCenterResource(appName, fileName, resourceType, [resourceGUID, resourceName, spaceName, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

fileName
Name of the local file to which the export will be written.
resourceType
Type of resource to export (an asset, device, or device group).

Valid values include: pageTemplate, contentPresenter, pageStyle, navigation, resourceCatalog, skin, taskFlow, mashupStyle, dataControl, device, deviceGroup

Where:

  • pageTemplate - page template

  • contentPresenter - Content presenter display template

  • pageStyle - page style

  • navigation - navigation models

  • resourceCatalog - resource catalog

  • skin - skin

  • taskFlow - task flow

  • taskflowStyle - task flow style

  • dataControl - data control

  • device - device

  • deviceGroup - device group

You cannot export or import out-of-the-box assets, devices, or device groups.

Note: In this release, taskFlowStyle replaces the asset type mashupStyle. The mashupStyle option is deprecated but continues to work in this release for backward compatibility.

resourceGUID
Optional. Unique ID (GUID) of an asset to export.

Internal IDs are available from the About dialog for the asset.

This argument is not used when resourceType is set to device or deviceGroup.

resourceName
Optional. Display name of an asset, device, or device group to export.

Asset display names are available from the About dialog for the asset.

Device and device group names are available from the Edit dialog for the device or device group.

Note: You cannot export out-of-the-box assets, devices, or device groups.

spaceName
Optional. (WebCenter Portal only) Name of the portal containing the asset to export. Use this argument to export portal assets, that is, assets that are owned by a particular portal.

Omit this argument if you want to export shared assets for WebCenter Portal. This argument defaults to null (shared assets are exported).

This argument is not used when resourceType is set to device or deviceGroup.

This argument is not required when exporting assets for a Portal Framework application.

exportContentDirectory
Deprecated.

You can no longer include MDS content associated with assets in export archives. Use the standard MDS WLST command exportMetadata to migrate legacy MDS content, if required.

Note: In 11.1.1.8.0 or later, Oracle recommends that you store asset-related content on your content server rather than MDS.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.11.12.3 Example

The following example exports a page template owned by a portal named MyPortal (in WebCenter Portal) to a local file named myPageTemplateExport.ear:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterResource(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myPageTemplateExport.ear', resourceType='pageTemplate', 
resourceGUID='gsr47d9a5ac_7398_439a_97d2_8b54ce905f7e, spaceName='MyPortal')

The following example exports the same page template owned by a portal named MyPortal but specifies the template's display name rather than the GUID:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterResource(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myPageTemplateExport.ear', resourceType='pageTemplate', 
resourceName='MyPageTemplate, spaceName='MyPortal')

The following example exports a device named MyMobileDevice from WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterResource(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myDeviceExport.ear', resourceType='device', resourceName='MyMobileDevice')

The following example exports a skin from a Portal Framework application named myPortalApp to a local file named mySkinExport.ear:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportWebCenterResource(appName='myPortalApp',
fileName='mySkinExport.ear', resourceType='skin', 
resourceGUID='gsr47d9a5ac_7398_439a_97d2_8b54ce905f7e)

10.11.13 importWebCenterResource

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.13.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications) Imports a single asset, device, or device group, from an export archive (.ear file).

Note:

10.11.13.2 Syntax

importWebCenterResource(appName, fileName, [resourceType, spaceName, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

fileName
Name of the archive file that you want to import.
resourceType
Optional. Type of resource to import (an asset, device, or device group).

Valid values include: pageTemplate, contentPresenter, pageStyle, navigation, resourceCatalog, skin, taskFlow, mashupStyle, dataControl, device, deviceGroup

Where:

  • pageTemplate - page template

  • contentPresenter - Content presenter display template

  • pageStyle - page style

  • navigation - navigation models

  • resourceCatalog - resource catalog

  • skin - skin

  • taskFlow - task flow

  • taskflowStyle - task flow style

  • dataControl - data control

  • device - device

  • deviceGroup - device group

If the archive (.ear file) contains one or more devices or device groups, then this argument is mandatory:

  • When resourceType='device', all devices in the archive are imported.

  • When resourceType='deviceGroup', all device groups in the archive and their associated devices are imported.

Note: In this release, taskFlowStyle replaces the asset type mashupStyle. The mashupStyle option is deprecated but continues to work in this release for backward compatibility.

spaceName
Optional. (WebCenter Portal only) Name of the portal into which the asset is to be imported.

Omit this argument if you want to import a shared asset to WebCenter Portal or to import an asset in to a Portal Framework application.

This argument defaults to null (import shared asset).

This argument is not used when resourceType is set to device or deviceGroup.

overwriteContentDirectory
Deprecated.

You can no longer include MDS content associated with assets in export archives. Use the standard MDS WLST command importMetadata to migrate legacy MDS content, if required.

Note: In 11.1.1.8.0 or later, Oracle recommends that you store asset-related content on your content server rather than MDS.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.11.13.3 Example

The following example imports a page template from an archive named myPageTemplateExport.ear to MyPortal in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterResource(appName='webcenter',fileName='myPageTemplateExport.ear', spaceName='MyPortal', resourceType='pageTemplate')

The following example imports a device from an archive named myDeviceExport.ear to WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterResource(appName='webcenter',fileName='myDeviceExport.ear', resourceType='device')

The following example imports a skin from an archive named mySkinExport.ear to a Portal Framework application named myPortalApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterResource(appName='myPortalApp',fileName='mySkinExport.ear', resourceType='skin')

10.11.14 importWebCenterTranslations

Module: Oracle WebCenter

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.14.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications) Imports translated content (XLF files) to MDS and the WebCenter Portal repository for use in WebCenter Portal.

10.11.14.2 Syntax

importWebCenterTranslations(appName, server, mdsRootDir, [applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

server
Name of the target managed server on which WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.
mdsRootDir
MDS root directory on the file system that contains translated XLF files.
applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.11.14.3 Example

The following example imports translated content in the directory /scratch/shared/newmd to MDS and the WebCenter Portal repository:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterTranslations(appName='webcenter', 
server='WC_Spaces', mdsRootDir='/scratch/shared/newmd')

10.11.15 exportWebCenterApplication

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.15.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Exports an entire WebCenter Portal application to an export archive (.ear file) using the filename provided.

10.11.15.2 Syntax

exportWebCenterApplication(appName, fileName, [exportCustomizations, exportData, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

fileName
Name of the export archive (.ear file) to which you want the export to be written.
exportCustomizations
Optional. Specifies whether to export global customizations and user customizations.

Valid values are 1 and 0:

  • 1 - Export global customizations and user customizations.

  • 0 - Exclude customizations. On import, existing customizations on the target to system pages, task flows, assets, and so on, remain intact.

This argument defaults to 1.

exportData
Optional. Indicates whether to include data in the export archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - All data stored in the WebCenter Portal database schema (WEBCENTER) is exported: activity streams, events, feedback, lists, links, message boards, people connections, polls, profiles, surveys, and tags. Notes data stored in the MDS repository is exported too.

  • 0 - WebCenter Portal data is not exported. This option is useful when migrating from a test environment to a stage or production environment and where test data is no longer required.

This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.11.15.3 Examples

The following example exports WebCenter Portal with customizations and all possible data to a file named myAppExport.ear.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>exportWebCenterApplication(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myAppExport.ear', exportCustomizations=1, exportData=1)

The following example exports a test WebCenter Portal instance. In this case, data created during testing (such as lists, events, links, tags, and so on) is not required.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>exportWebCenterApplication(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myTestAppExport.ear', exportCustomizations=1, exportData=0)

10.11.16 importWebCenterApplication

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.16.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal only) Imports an entire WebCenter Portal application from an export archive file to a managed server.

After importing WebCenter Portal you must restart the managed server on which you deployed the application.

10.11.16.2 Syntax

importWebCenterApplication(appName, fileName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

fileName
Name of the export archive that you want to import.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.11.16.3 Example

The following example imports WebCenter Portal from the export archive myAppExport.ear.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importWebCenterApplication(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myAppExport.ear')

10.11.17 exportPortletClientMetadata

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.17.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications) Exports portlet client metadata and producer customizations and personalizations, for WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application. This command exports metadata for all the application's producers to a named export archive (.ear file). You cannot opt to export metadata for specific producers.

10.11.17.2 Syntax

exportPortletClientMetadata(appName, fileName, [exportPersonalizations, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

fileName
Name of the export archive (.ear file) to which you want the export to be written.
exportPersonalizations
Optional. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).
  • 1 - Personalizations for all producers are exported.

  • 0 - Personalizations are not exported.

This argument defaults to 1.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.11.17.3 Example

The following example exports portlet client metadata and producer customizations to an export archive named myExport.ear. Personalizations are not exported.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportPortletClientMetadata(appName='myApp', fileName='myExport.ear', exportPersonalizations=0)

The following example exports portlet client metadata for an application with the version number V2.0 deployed on the server WC_CustomPortal1.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportPortletClientMetadata(appName='myApp', fileName='myExport.ear', server='WC_CustomPortal1', applicationVersion='V2.0')

10.11.18 importPortletClientMetadata

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.18.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications) Imports portlet client metadata and producer customizations and personalizations from a named export archive.

Producer personalizations are optional on export. Producer personalizations are imported if the export archive specified includes personalizations.

10.11.18.2 Syntax

importPortletClientMetadata(appName, fileName, [server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

fileName
Name of the export archive that you want to import.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.11.18.3 Example

The following example imports portlet client metadata and producer customizations and personalizations from an export archive named myExport.ear.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importPortletClientMetadata(appName='myApp', fileName='myExport.ear')

10.11.19 showProducerImportFailures

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.19.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications) Lists outstanding producer imports for a named application.

Producer import fails if a producer used by the application is not available when the application first starts after deployment or an import operation.

10.11.19.2 Syntax

showProducerImportFailures(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Name of the managed server on which the application is deployed.
applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.11.19.3 Example

The following example shows producer import failures for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> showProducerImportFailures(appName='webcenter')

10.11.20 retryAllFailedProducerImports

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.20.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications) Imports outstanding producer metadata.

Producer import can fail if a producer used by the application is not available when the application first starts after deployment or an import operation. Use this command to import metadata for any producers for which metadata import previously failed.

10.11.20.2 Syntax

retryAllFailedProducerImports(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Name of the managed server on which the application is deployed.
applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.11.20.3 Example

The following example imports missing producer metadata for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> retryAllFailedProducerImports(appName='webcenter')

Importing metadata from the following producers failed for application webcenter.
    Producer Description : Serialised stack trace:
    [[
    oracle.portlet.client.container.PortletHttpException: HTTP <unknown method> request to URL...
    ...
    Failure Id : /oracle/adf/portlet/producerImportFailures/producerImportFailure2
    Producer Id : /oracle/adf/portlet/JSR286FilePref
    Producer Name : JSR286FilePref

Tried to re-import producer metadata for application webcenter.
Attempt to re-import producer metadata succeeded.

Note:

Errors and exceptions that occurred during a previous attempt to import producers display so you can see which failed producers the command is attempting to re-import.

10.11.21 cloneWebCenterManagedServer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.21.1 Description

(WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications) Creates a new managed server with the same resources as a specified, base managed server.

10.11.21.2 Syntax

cloneWebCenterManagedServer(baseManagedServer, newManagedServer, newManagedServerPort, [verbose])
Argument Definition
baseManagedServer
Name of the base managed server.
newManagedServer
Name for the new, cloned managed server.
newManagedServerPort
Port number for the new managed server.
verbose Optional. Creates the managed server in verbose mode. Valid values are 1 and 0.

When set to 1, additional progress information displays during the creation process which is useful for diagnostic purposes.

The default is 0.


10.11.21.3 Example

The following example creates a clone of the WC_CustomPortal managed server. The new managed server is named WC_CustomPortal2:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> cloneWebCenterManagedServer(baseManagedServer='WC_CustomPortal', newManagedServer='WC_CustomPortal2', newManagedServerPort=1234)

10.11.22 exportGroupSpaces (Deprecated)

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.22.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use exportWebCenterPortals instead.)

Exports one or more named portals (previously called spaces) to an export archive (.ear file), using the filename specified.

Space-related data*, application customizations, and security information is included in the export archive.

*Only internal space-related data stored in the Spaces database is exported. For example, data associated with tool or services such as activity streams, events, feedback, lists, links, message boards, people connections, profiles, polls, surveys, and tags.

You must take the spaces offline, even if only temporarily, to prevent data conflicts during the export process.

You must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and the WebCenter Portal permission Portals - Manage All to run this command.

Note:

You cannot use this command to export the Home space.

10.11.22.2 Syntax

exportGroupSpaces(appName, fileName, names, [forceOffline,server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the Spaces application in which to perform this operation—always webcenter.
fileName
Name of the local file to which the export will be written.
names
Names of the spaces that you want to export. Separate multiple space names with a comma.

For example: names='sales, finance'

Note: Do not enter display names here. You must enter the space name that is specified in the space URL. The space name is available from the About dialog.

forceOffline
Optional. Specifies whether to take the spaces offline before starting export process. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 takes the spaces offline before starting the export process.

  • 0 attempts to export the spaces. If one or more spaces are currently online, an information message requests that you take the spaces offline.

The default is 0.

exportContentDirectory
Deprecated.

You can no longer include MDS content associated with assets in export archives. Use the standard MDS WLST command exportMetadata to migrate legacy MDS content, if required.

Note: In 11.1.1.8.0 or later, Oracle recommends that you store asset-related content on your content server rather than MDS.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the Spaces application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the Spaces application is deployed.

10.11.22.3 Example

The following example exports two spaces (mySpace1 and mySpace2):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportGroupSpaces(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myExport.ear', names='mySpace1, mySpace2')

The following example takes mySpace1 and mySpace2 offline and then exports both spaces, to an archive named myExport.ear:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportGroupSpaces(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myExport.ear', names='mySpace1, mySpace2', forceOffline=1)

10.11.23 exportGroupSpaceTemplates (Deprecated)

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.23.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use exportWebCenterPortalTemplates instead.)

Exports one or more portal templates (previously called space templates) to an export archive (.ear file), using the filename specified.

You must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and the WebCenter Portal permission Portal Templates - Manage All to run this command.

10.11.23.2 Syntax

exportGroupSpaceTemplates(appName, fileName, names, [exportContentDirectory,server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the Spaces application in which to perform this operation—always webcenter.
fileName
Name of the local file to which the export will be written.
names
Names of the space templates that you want to export. Separate multiple template names with a comma.
exportContentDirectory
Deprecated.

You can no longer include MDS content associated with assets in export archives. Use the standard MDS WLST command exportMetadata to migrate legacy MDS content, if required.

Note: In 11.1.1.8.0 or later, Oracle recommends that you store asset-related content on your content server rather than MDS.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the Spaces application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the Spaces application is deployed.

10.11.23.3 Example

The following example exports two space templates (mySpaceTemplate1 and mySpaceTemplate2):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> exportGroupSpaceTemplates(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myExport.ear', names='mySpaceTemplate1, mySpaceTemplate2')

10.11.24 importGroupSpaces (Deprecated)

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.11.24.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use importWebCenterPortals instead.)

Imports one or more portals or portal templates (previously called spaces and space templates) from an export archive.

You must have at least the WebLogic Monitor role and either the WebCenter Portal permission Portals - Manage All or Portal Templates - Manage All to run this command.

Note: You must take existing spaces offline, even if only temporarily, to prevent data conflicts during the import process.

10.11.24.2 Syntax

importGroupSpaces(appName, fileName, [importCustomizations, importSecurity, importData, parentSpace, forceOffline,server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the Spaces application in which to perform this operation—always webcenter.
fileName
Name of the archive file that you want to import.
importCustomizations
Optional. Indicates whether to import space customizations from the export archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Import space customizations.

  • 0 - New spaces are imported without customizations (that is, default task flows are imported without any customizations and the default space settings are used).

    If you are importing a space that already exists on the target, existing customizations on the target are preserved.

This argument defaults to 1.

Note: Portlet and page customizations are always imported.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

importSecurity
Optional. Indicates whether to import space member details from the export archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Roles and permissions for the space, as well as member details and their role assignments are imported.

  • 0 - Only the roles and permissions are imported. This option is useful when migrating between stage and production environments and where member details, added during the testing phase, are no longer required.

This argument defaults to 1.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

importData
Optional. Indicates whether to import data from the export archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Space-related data stored in the Spaces database for activity streams, events, feedback, lists, links, message boards, people connections, profiles, polls, surveys, and tags is imported.

  • 0 - Data is not imported. This option is useful when migrating between stage and production environments and where test data is no longer required.

This argument defaults to 1.

Note: If the archive contains portal templates, this argument is ignored.

forceOffline
Optional. Takes the spaces offline before import. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - All spaces are taken offline.

  • 0 - The current state of individual spaces (online or offline) is preserved.

This argument defaults to 0.

parentSpace
Optional. Name of the parent space under which to place spaces in the archive. If specified, imported spaces become children of the parent space.

This argument defaults to null. When no parent is specified, archived spaces are imported as root spaces.Note: If the archive contains space templates, this argument is ignored.

overwriteContentDirectory
Deprecated.

You can no longer include MDS content associated with assets in export archives. Use the standard MDS WLST command exportMetadata to migrate legacy MDS content, if required.

Note: In 11.1.1.8.0 or later, Oracle recommends that you store asset-related content on your content server rather than MDS.

Optional. Indicates whether to overwrite existing content directory files (used by portal resources) in the target with the files in the archive. Valid values are 1 and 0.

  • 1 Overwrites the content directory files in the target with the files in the archive

  • 0 Only imports new files, that is, files that do not exist in the target content directory.

The default is 0.

Note: The Spaces application stores portal resource content under a single 'shared' content directory (oracle\webcenter\siteresources\scopedMD\shared).The entire directory is imported; you cannot import content specific to selected space templates.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the Spaces application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the Spaces application is deployed.

10.11.24.3 Example

The following example imports spaces or space templates from an archive named myExport.ear:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importGroupSpaces(appName='webcenter', 
fileName='myExport.ear')

The following example takes all existing spaces in the target in myExport.ear offline and then imports all the spaces in myExport.ear under the "Sales" space. Space customizations are imported too. Test data and security details are not imported:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> importGroupSpaces(appName='webcenter',
fileName='myExport.ear', importCustomizations=1, importSecurity=0, importData=0, parentSpace="Sales", forceOffline=1)

10.12 Mail

Use the commands listed in Table 10-19 to manage mail server connections for a named application.

You can register multiple mail server connections:

  • WebCenter Portal supports multiple mail connections. The mail connection configured with default=1 is the default connection for mail services in WebCenter Portal. All additional connections are offered as alternatives; WebCenter Portal users can choose which one they want to use through user preferences.

  • Portal Framework applications only use one mail connection—the connection configured with default=1. Any additional connections are ignored.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-19 Mail WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createMailConnection

Create a mail server connection for a named application.

Online

setMailConnection

Edit an existing mail server connection.

Online

setMailConnectionProperty

Set mail server connection properties.

Online

deleteMailConnectionProperty

Delete a mail server connection property.

Online

listMailConnections

List all of the mail server connections that are configured for a named application.

Online

listDefaultMailConnection

List the default mail server connection that is configured for a named application.

Online

setDefaultMailConnection

Set a specified connection as the default mail server connection.

Online

setMailServiceProperty

Specify defaults for mail.

Online

removeMailServiceProperty

Remove defaults for mail.

Online

listMailServiceProperties

List properties for mail.

Online

createMailExtApp

Create an external application suitable for mail connections.

Online


10.12.1 createMailConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.1.1 Description

Creates a mail server connection for a named application.

WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications support the Microsoft Exchange Server or any mail server that supports IMAP4 and SMTP. The most important mail server connection attributes are: imapHost, imapPort, imapSecured, smtpHost, smtpPort, and smtpSecured

You can register multiple mail server connections:

  • WebCenter Portal supports multiple mail connections. The mail connection configured with default=1 is the default connection for mail services in WebCenter Portal. All additional connections are offered as alternatives; WebCenter Portal users can choose which one they want to use through user preferences.

  • Portal Framework applications only use one mail connection—the connection configured with default=1. Any additional connections are ignored.

10.12.1.2 Syntax

createMailConnection(appName, name, [imapHost, imapPort, smtpHost, smtpPort, 
imapSecured, smtpSecured, appId, timeout, default, server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
imapHost
Optional. Host name of the machine on which the IMAP service is running.
imapPort
Optional. Port on which the IMAP service listens.
smtpHost
Optional. Host name of the machine where the SMTP service is running.
smtpPort
Optional. Port on which the SMTP service listens.
imapSecured
Optional. Specifies whether the mail server connection to the IMAP server is SSL-enabled.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.

smtpSecured
Optional. Specifies whether the SMTP server is secured.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.

appId
External application associated with the mail server connection.

External application credential information is used to authenticate users against the IMAP and SMTP servers. The same credentials are supplied to authenticate the user on both the IMAP and SMTP servers.

The external application you configure for mail must use authMethod=POST, and specify several additional login fields:

fieldName='Email Address' and displaytoUser=1

fieldName='Your Name' and displaytoUser=1

fieldName='Reply-To Address' and displaytoUser=1

If an external application does not exist yet, use the WLST command createMailExtApp to create an external application that automatically has all the required additional fields.

See also createExtAppConnection.

timeout
Optional. Length of time (in seconds) that the mail waits to acquire a connection before terminating.

This argument defaults to -1. When set to -1, the service default (10 seconds) applies.

default
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default connection for mail. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). This argument defaults to 0.
  • WebCenter Portal supports multiple mail connections. The mail connection configured with default=1 is the default connection for mail services in WebCenter Portal. Additional connections, configured with default=0, are offered as alternatives; WebCenter Portal can choose which one they want to use through user preferences.

  • Portal Framework applications only use one mail connection—the connection configured with default=1. Any additional connections are ignored.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.1.3 Examples

The following example creates an external application suitable for a mail server connection, and then creates a mail server connection named myMailConnection for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createMailExtApp(appName='webcenter', name='extApp_Mail', displayName='Mail Ext App')

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> reateMailConnection(appName='webcenter' , name='myMailConnection' , imapHost='myimaphost.com', imapPort=143 , 
smtpHost='mysmtphost.com' , smtpPort=25 , imapSecured=0, smtpSecured=0, 
appId='extApp_Mail', timeout=60, default=1)

10.12.2 setMailConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.2.1 Description

Edits an existing mail connection. Use this command to update connection attributes.

The connection is created using the createMailConnection command.

(WebCenter Portal only.) This command enables you to set additional, optional, LDAP server attributes that cannot be set using createMailConnection. When LDAP details are defined, mail creates, edits, and deletes portal distribution lists in WebCenter Portal. Portal distribution lists are named after their portal (excluding non-java identifiers) and assigned a domain (derived from the domain attribute, for example, @mycompany.com). If LDAP details are not provided, portal distribution lists are not created or maintained. The mail server must be a Microsoft Exchange Server.

10.12.2.2 Syntax

setMailConnection(appName, name, [imapHost, imapPort, smtpHost, smtpPort, 
imapSecured, smtpSecured, appId, default, ldapHost, ldapPort, ldapBaseDN, 
ldapAdminUser, ldapAdminPassword, ldapSecured, domain, defaultUser, timeout, 
server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing mail server connection.
imapHost
Optional. Host name of the machine on which the IMAP service is running.
imapPort
Optional. Port on which the IMAP service listens.
smtpHost
Optional. Host name of the machine where the SMTP service is running.
smtpPort
Optional. Port on which the SMTP service listens.
imapSecured
Optional. Specifies whether the connection to the IMAP server is secured (SSL-enabled). Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.
smtpSecured
Optional. Specifies whether the connection to the SMTP server is secured (SSL-enabled).

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.

appId
Optional. External application associated with the mail server connection.

External application credential information is used to authenticate users against the IMAP and SMTP servers. The same credentials are supplied to authenticate the user on both the IMAP and SMTP servers.

The external application you configure for mail must use authMethod=POST, and specify several additional login fields:

fieldName='Email Address' and displaytoUser=1

fieldName='Your Name' and displaytoUser=1

fieldName='Reply-To Address' and displaytoUser=1

If an external application does not exist yet, use the WLST command createMailExtApp to create an external application that automatically has all the required additional fields.

See also createExtAppConnection.

ldapHost
Optional. Host name of the machine where the LDAP directory server is running.
ldapPort
Optional. Port on which the LDAP directory server listens.
ldapBaseDN
Optional. Base distinguished name for the LDAP schema. For example, CN=Users,DC=oracle,DC=com.
ldapAdminUser
Optional. User name of the LDAP directory server administrator. A valid administrator with privileges to make entries into the LDAP schema.
ldapAdminPassword
Optional. Password for the LDAP directory server administrator. This password will be stored in a secured store.
ldapSecured
Optional. Specifies whether the connection to the LDAP server is secured (SSL enabled).

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0. Set this to 1 for all LDAP communications over SSL.

domain
Optional. Domain name appended to portal distribution lists.

For example, if the domain attribute is set to mycompany.com, the Finance Project portal will maintain a distribution list named FinanceProject@mycompany.com.

defaultUser
Optional. Comma-delimited list of user names to whom you want to grant moderation capabilities. These users become members of every portal distribution list that is created. The users specified must exist in the Base LDAP schema (specified in the ldapBaseDN argument).
timeout
Optional. Length of time (in seconds) that mail waits to acquire a connection before terminating.

This argument defaults to -1. When set to -1, the service default (10 seconds) applies.

default
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default (or active) connection for mail.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). This argument defaults to 0. 1 specifies that this connection is the default connection for mail.

  • WebCenter Portal supports multiple mail connections. The mail connection configured with default=1 is the default connection for mail services in WebCenter Portal. Additional connections, configured with default=0, are offered as alternatives; WebCenter Portal users can choose which one they want to use through user preferences.

  • Portal Framework application only use one mail connection—the connection configured with default=1. Any additional connections are ignored.

A connection does not cease to be the default connection for mail if you change the default value from 0 to 1.

To stop using a default connection, use the removeMailServiceProperty command as follows:

removeMailServiceProperty('appName='webcenter', property='selected.connection')

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.2.3 Examples

The following example sets individual attributes for a mail server connection configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setMailConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myMailConnection', imapHost='myimaphost.com', imapPort=143, 
smtpHost='mysmtphost.com' , smtpPort=25 , imapSecured=0, smtpSecured=0, 
appId='extApp_Mail', timeout=60, default=1)

The following example sets individual attributes for a mail server connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setMailConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myMailConnection', imapPort=993, imapSecured=1, smtpPort=465 , 
smtpSecured=1)

The following example sets LDAP attributes for a mail server connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setMailConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='myMailConnection', domain='mycompany.com', defaultUser='admin', 
imapHost='myimaphost.com', imapPort=143, smtpHost='mysmtphost.com', 
imapSecured=0, smtpSecured=0, smtpPort=25, appId='extApp_Mail', 
default=1, ldapHost='myldaphost.com', ldapPort=389, 
ldapBaseDN='CN=Users,DC=exchange,DC=uk,DC=com', ldapAdminUser='administrator', 
ldapAdminPassword='adminpswd', ldapSecured=0, timeout=60)

10.12.3 setMailConnectionProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.3.1 Description

Sets a mail server connection property. Use this command if additional parameters are required to connect to your mail server. This is an extensible way to add any connection property using a key and a value. (You are not limited to connection properties specified by createMailConnection and setMailConnection.)

All known, additional connection properties are listed in Table 10-20, "Additional Mail Connection Properties".

Table 10-20 Additional Mail Connection Properties

Additional
Connection Property
Description

charset

Characterset used on the connection.

The default charset is UTF-8. To use a different characterset, such as ISO-8859-1, set the charset connection property.

Various IMAP properties

Any valid IMAP connection property. For example, mail.imap.connectionpoolsize.

A list of valid IMAP properties are listed in documentation for the com.sun.mail.imap package at: http://javamail.java.net/nonav/docs/api

Various SMTP properties

Any valid SMTP connection property. For example, mail.smtp.timeout.

A list of valid SMTP properties are listed in the documentation for the com.sun.mail.smtp package at: http://javamail.java.net/nonav/docs/api


Note:

Do not use the setMailConnectionProperty to set connection properties available through createMailConnection or setMailConnection. Attempting to do so, has no effect.

10.12.3.2 Syntax

setMailConnectionProperty(appName, name, key, value, [secure, server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing mail server connection.
key
Name of the connection property.
value
Value for the property. Allows any property to be modified on the connection with a key and value.
secure
Optional. Indicates whether the property value must be stored securely using encryption. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false). When 1, the value is encrypted. The default option is 0.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.3.3 Example

The following example adds a custom mail server connection property called myProperty1 with a default value propertyValue1:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setMailConnectionProperty(appName='webcenter', 
name='myMailServer', key='myProperty1', value='propertyValue1')

10.12.4 deleteMailConnectionProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.4.1 Description

Deletes a mail server connection property. Take care when deleting connection properties because the connection may not work as expected if the configuration becomes invalid as a result.

This command can only delete additional connection properties added using the setMailConnectionProperty command.

10.12.4.2 Syntax

deleteMailConnectionProperty(appName, name, key, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing mail server connection.
key
Name of the connection property you want to delete.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.4.3 Example

The following example deletes a mail server connection property named mailProperty1:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>deleteMailConnectionProperty(appName='webcenter', 
name='myMailServer', key='mailProperty1')

10.12.5 listMailConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.5.1 Description

Lists all of the mail server connections that are configured for a named application.

10.12.5.2 Syntax

listMailConnection(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays mail server connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listMailConnections lists all of the mail server connections that are configured for an application, along with their details.

When set to 0, only connection names are listed. This argument defaults to 0.

name
Optional. Name of an existing mail server connection. Use this argument to view connection details for a specific mail server connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.5.3 Example

The following example lists the names of mail server connections that are currently configured for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listMailConnections(appName='webcenter')

The following example lists connection names and details for all of the mail server connections that are currently configured for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listMailConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)

The following example lists connection details for a mail server connection named mailConnection1:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listMailConnections(appName='webcenter', name='mailConnection1')

10.12.6 listDefaultMailConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.6.1 Description

Lists the default mail server connection that mail is using in a named application.

You can register multiple mail server connections but there can only be one default connection:

  • WebCenter Portal supports multiple mail connections. The mail connection configured with default=1 is the default connection for mail services in WebCenter Portal. All additional connections are offered as alternatives; WebCenter Portal users can choose which one they want to use through user preferences.

  • Portal Framework applications only use one mail connection—the connection configured with default=1. Any additional connections are ignored.

10.12.6.2 Syntax

listDefaultMailConnection(appName,[verbose, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays the default mail server connection in verbose mode, if available. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, the name and details of the mail server connection are listed.

When set to 0, only the connection name displays. This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.6.3 Example

The following example lists the name and details of the mail server connection that mail is using in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listDefaultMailConnection(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)

10.12.7 setDefaultMailConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.7.1 Description

Specifies the default mail server connection for mail in a named application.

You can register multiple mail server connections but there can only be one default connection:

  • WebCenter Portal supports multiple mail connections. The mail connection configured with default=1 is the default connection for mail services in WebCenter Portal. All additional connections are offered as alternatives; WebCenter Portal users can choose which one they want to use through user preferences.

  • Portal Framework applications only use one mail connection—the connection configured with default=1. Any additional connections are ignored.

10.12.7.2 Syntax

setDefaultMailConnection(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Description
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing mail connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.7.3 Example

The following example configures mail to use a connection named myMailServer.for the default connection in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setDefaultMailConnection(appName='webcenter', name='myMailServer')

10.12.8 setMailServiceProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.8.1 Description

Specifies default values for mail.

Configurable properties for mail are listed in Table 10-21, "Mail - Configurable Properties".

Table 10-21 Mail - Configurable Properties

Configuration Property Description

address.delimiter

Defines the delimiter that is used to separate multiple mail addresses. A comma is used by default.

Some mail servers require mail addresses in the form lastname, firstname and, in such cases, a semi-colon is required.

mail.emailgateway.polling.frequency

The frequency, in seconds, that portal distribution lists are checked for new incoming emails. The default is 1800 seconds (30 minutes).

Email communication through portal distribution lists can be published as discussion forum posts on a discussions server. For details, see "Publishing Portal Mail in a Discussion Forum" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Building Portals with Oracle WebCenter Portal.

mail.messages.fetch.size

Maximum number of messages displayed in mail inboxes.

resolve.email.address.to.name

Determines whether user email addresses are resolved to WebCenter Portal user names when LDAP is configured. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default value is 0.

When set to 1, WebCenter Portal user names display instead of email addresses in mail task flows.

Set this property to 1 if the instant messaging and presence requires user names to obtain presence status because presence information cannot be obtained when mail provides email addresses. Setting this value to 1 does impact application performance so you must take this into consideration when setting this property.

mail.recipient.limit

Restricts the number of recipients to a message. For example, setting this value to '500' limits the number of recipients to 500.


10.12.8.2 Syntax

setMailServiceProperty(appName, property, value, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

property
Name of the configuration property
value
Value for the property.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.8.3 Example

The following example increases the default number of messages displayed in mail inboxes to 100, in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setMailServiceProperty(appName='webcenter', 
property='mail.messages.fetch.size', value='100')

10.12.9 removeMailServiceProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.9.1 Description

Removes the current value that is set for a mail property. Use this command to remove any of the properties listed in Table 10-21, "Mail - Configurable Properties".

Take care when using this command as removing values for these properties might cause unexpected behavior.

Note:

Use this command syntax to stop mail from using the current default connection:

removeMailServiceProperty('appName='webcenter', property='selected.connection')

This command forces the default connection argument to 0. See also, setMailConnection.

10.12.9.2 Syntax

removeMailServiceProperty(appName, property, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

property
Name of the configuration property.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.9.3 Example

The following example clears the current mail.messages.fetch.size setting for mail, in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>removeMailServiceProperty(appName='webcenter', property='mail.messages.fetch.size')

10.12.10 listMailServiceProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.10.1 Description

Lists all configurable properties for mail.

10.12.10.2 Syntax

listMailServiceProperties(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.10.3 Example

The following example lists configurable properties for mail in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listMailServiceProperties(appName='webcenter')  

10.12.11 createMailExtApp

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.12.11.1 Description

Creates an external application suitable for mail server connections. The external application is configured with all the required additional properties: authMethod=POST, and specify several additional login fields:

fieldName='Email Address' and displaytoUser=1

fieldName='Your Name' and displaytoUser=1

fieldName='Reply-To Address' and displaytoUser=1

10.12.11.2 Syntax

createMailExtAppConnection(appName, name, [displayName, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
displayName
Optional. External application display name. A user friendly name for the external application that portal users will recognize. The display name must be unique across all external applications within the application.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.12.11.3 Example

The following example creates an external application named MailxApp suitable for mail server connections.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createMailExtAppConnection(appName='webcenter', name='MailxApp', displayName='Mail Ext App')

10.13 Migration

Use the commands listed in Table 10-22 when migrating a Portal Framework application to WebCenter Portal 11.1.1.9.0.

Table 10-22

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

migrateFrameworkApplicationConnections

Migrate connections of a Portal Framework application to WebCenter Portal.

Online

migrateFrameworkApplicationToWebCenter

Migrate a Portal Framework application to a portal in WebCenter Portal.

Online

migrateFrameworkApplicationDocumentsToWebCenter

Migrate documents and metadata of a Portal Framework application to WebCenter Portal.

Online

migrateFrameworkApplicationDiscussionsToWebCenter

Updates discussion IDs used in the migrated portal pages with new discussion IDs provisioned for the portal.

Online


10.13.1 migrateFrameworkApplicationConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.13.1.1 Description

Migrates connections of a Portal Framework application to WebCenter Portal.

10.13.1.2 Syntax

migrateFrameworkApplicationConnections(appName, fwkAppName, server, fwkAppServer, migrationDirectory, [spacesRoot, securityGroup, primaryConnectionName, adminUserName, applicationVersion])

Note:

If the Portal Framework application contains any Content Server connections, you must provide values for the spacesRoot, securityGroup, primaryConnectionName and adminUserName arguments.
Argument Description
appName
Name of the WebCenter Portal application into which you want to migrate your Portal Framework application. For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.
fwkAppName
Name of the Portal Framework application whose connections you want to migrate.
server
Name of the managed server where the WebCenter Portal application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

In a clustered environment where applications share the same Content Server connection (that is, applications connect to the same Content Server and share the same root folder and security group) run this command against only one managed server.

fwkAppServer
Name of the managed server where the Portal Framework application is deployed. For example, WC_CustomPortal.
migrationDirectory
Path to the folder where migration logs and data related to migration are stored.

In case of a multi-node setup, this must be a shared directory that can be accessed and written onto from all nodes. Also, the directory must be accessible using the same path from all nodes.

spacesRoot
Optional.

Root folder under which WebCenter Portal content is stored. The value for this argument must use the format /foldername. For example, /WebCenter or /WebCenterSpaces. The spacesRoot value cannot be / (the root itself) and it must be unique across applications. If the specified folder does not exist, it gets created.

securityGroup
Optional.

Identifies the documents related to WebCenter Portal. A security group is used to separate data when multiple WebCenter Portal applications share the same Content Server repository. This name must be unique across applications.

The value for this argument must begin with an alphabetical character, followed by any combination of alphanumeric characters or an underscore. The string must be less than or equal to 30 characters.

primaryConnectionName
Optional.

Name of the Content Server connection in your Portal Framework application that will be set as the default connection in WebCenter Portal.

adminUserName
Optional.

User name of the Content Server repository administrator. For example, sysadmin.

applicationVersion
Optional.

Version number of the WebCenter Portal application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.


10.13.1.3 Example

The following example migrates connections from the Portal Framework application FinanceApplication deployed on the WC_CustomPortal managed server to the WebCenter Portal application deployed on the WC_Spaces managed server. Migration logs are stored under the folder /scratch/migrate.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>migrateFrameworkApplicationConnections(appName='webcenter',fwkAppName='FinanceApplication',server='WC_Spaces',fwkAppServer='WC_CustomPortal',migrationDirectory='/scratch/migrate')

The following example migrates connections from the Portal Framework application HRApplication deployed on WC_CustomPortal to the WebCenter Portal application deployed on WC_Spaces. After the connections are migrated, ucm-conn is set as the default Content Server connection for WebCenter Portal. Migration logs are stored under the folder /scratch/migrate. The Portal Framework application contains a Content Server connection, and therefore the values for the spacesRoot, securityGroup, primaryConnectionName and adminUserName arguments are provided.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>migrateFrameworkApplicationConnections(appName='webcenter',fwkAppName='HRApplication',server='WC_Spaces',fwkAppServer='WC_CustomPortal',migrationDirectory='/scratch/migrate',spacesRoot='/WebCenter',securityGroup='webcenter',primaryConnectionName='ucm-conn',adminUserName='weblogic')

10.13.2 migrateFrameworkApplicationToWebCenter

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.13.2.1 Description

Migrates a Portal Framework application to a portal in WebCenter Portal.

10.13.2.2 Syntax

migrateFoldersGDataToFrameworkFolders(appName, fwkAppName, server, fwkAppServer,adminUrl, adminUser, targetPortal, migrationDirectory, [pagePath, navigationFile, properties, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the WebCenter Portal application in which you are want to migrate your Portal Framework application as a portal. For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.
fwkAppName
Name of the Portal Framework application that you want to migrate.
server
Name of the managed server where the WebCenter Portal application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

In a clustered environment where applications share the same Content Server connection (that is, applications connect to the same Content Server and share the same root folder and security group) run this command against only one managed server.

fwkAppServer
Name of the managed server where the Portal Framework application is deployed. For example, WC_CustomPortal.
adminUrl
Connection URL for the WebLogic domain's admin server. The connection URL format is t3://host:port.
adminUser
User name of the WebLogic Server administrator.
targetPortal
Name of the portal in the WebCenter Portal application where the Portal Framework application has to be migrated.
migrationDirectory
Absolute directory path (with the write permission) where logs and data related to migration are written.

In case of a multi-node setup, this must be a shared directory that can be accessed and written onto from all nodes. Also, the directory must be accessible using the same path from all nodes.

While migrating your Portal Framework application, you can choose to migrate static resources by providing a list of old and new resource mappings in the migratedResources.properties file. You need to manually create this file and place it under the resources folder in the location specified in the migrationDirectory argument. Alternatively, you can manually deploy static resources as a shared library on the portal server after migrating your application.

pagePath
Optional.

List of custom directory paths from which pages of your Portal Framework application need to be migrated.

By default, the pages created at design time are stored at the path: \oracle\webcenter\portalapp\pages. The pages created at runtime are stored at \oracle\webcenter\portalapp\pagehierarchy. If your application pages are stored at other locations, specify the comma separated list of the paths. For example, /oracle/webcenter/portalapp/mypages/oracle/webcenter/portalapp/salespages.

navigationFile
Optional.

The navigation file to be used to build target portal's navigation. If not specified, the default navigation configured for your Portal Framework application is used.

Properties
Optional.

Comma separated list of properties specified as key-value pairs that you want to pass while running the command.

The format is key1=value1,key2=value1;value2.

applicationVersion
Optional.

Version number of the WebCenter Portal application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.


10.13.2.3 Example

The following example migrates the Portal Framework application HRApplication to the portal HRPortal on the WebCenter Portal application deployed on the WC_Spaces managed server. The migration logs are stored under the folder /scratch/migrate.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>migrateFrameworkApplicationToWebCenter(appName='webcenter',fwkAppName='HRApplication',server='WC_Spaces',fwkAppServer='WC_CustomPortal',adminUrl='t3://wcphost.example.com:adminport',adminUser='weblogic',targetPortal='HRPortal',migrationDirectory='/scratch/migrate')

The following example migrates the Portal Framework application FinanceApplication to the portal FinancePortal in the WebCenter Portal application deployed on the WC_Spaces managed server. During migration, the navigation file custom-navigation-model.xml is used to build the navigation for FinancePortal. Migration logs are stored under the folder /scratch/migrate.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>migrateFrameworkApplicationToWebCenter(appName='webcenter',fwkAppName='FinanceApplication',server='WC_Spaces',fwkAppServer='WC_CustomPortal',adminUrl='t3://wcphost.example.com:adminport',adminUser='weblogic',targetPortal='FinancePortal',migrationDirectory='/scratch/migrate',navigationFile='/oracle/webcenter/portalapp/navigations/custom-navigation-model.xml')

10.13.3 migrateFrameworkApplicationDocumentsToWebCenter

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.13.3.1 Description

Migrates Portal Framework application documents to WebCenter Portal Server and updates the security metadata as per the target portal.

Note:

The following are the prerequisites for running the migrateFrameworkApplicationDocumentsToWebCenter command:
  • This command can be run only after migrating a Portal Framework application to WebCenter Portal.

  • The Documents service must be provisioned for the target portal.

  • The Portal Framework application's contents must be moved manually to the target portal's folder using the WebCenter Content Server user interface.

10.13.3.2 Syntax

migrateFrameworkApplicationDocumentsToWebCenter(appName, server, targetPortal, migrationFolderMappingFile, migrationDirectory, [connectionName, applicationVersion])
Argument Description
appName
Name of the WebCenter Portal application that contains the portal where you migrated your Portal Framework application. The WebCenter Portal application name is always webcenter.
targetPortal
Name of the portal where the Portal Framework application has been migrated.
migrationFolderMappingFile
Comma separated values (CSV) file containing mapping entries for folders migrated.

This file is created manually. The values correspond to the folder structure before and after migration on Content Server.

migrationDirectory
Path to the folder where logs and data related to migration are stored.
nconnectionName
Optional.

Content Server connection name. If this argument is not specified, the default content server connection is used. That is, the content server connection where isPrimary=1.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the WebCenter Portal application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

In a clustered environment where applications share the same Content Server connection (that is, applications connect to the same Content Server and share the same root folder and security group) run this command against only one managed server.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the activity graph application is deployed.

10.13.3.3 Example

The following example migrates the documents of a Portal Framework application to the target portal named HR Portal in the WebCenter Portal application deployed on the WC_Spaces managed server. The default Content Server connection is used. The MigrationMappingFile.csv file is used to update the folder path references and security metadata for the documents in the target portal. Migration logs are stored in the /tmp/migrate folder.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>migrateFrameworkApplicationDocumentsToWebCenter(appName='webcenter', server='WC_Spaces', targetPortal='HR Portal', migrationFolderMappingFile='/tmp/migrationmap/MigrationMappingFile.csv', migrationDirectory='/tmp/migrate')

10.13.4 migrateFrameworkApplicationDiscussionsToWebCenter

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.13.4.1 Description

Updates announcement and discussion IDs used in the migrated portal pages with the new IDs provisioned for the target portal.

Note:

Before running this command, ensure the following:
  • This command should be run only after migrating a Portal Framework application to WebCenter Portal.

  • Discussions and Announcement services must be enabled for the target portal.

  • The Portal Framework application's announcements, topics, and forums must be moved manually using the Discussion Server Admin Console.

10.13.4.2 Syntax

migrateFrameworkApplicationDiscussionsToWebCenter(appName, server, targetPortal, discussionsMappingFile, migrationDirectory, [applicationVersion])
Argument Description
appName
Name of the WebCenter Portal application where you migrated your Portal Framework application. For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.
server
Name of the managed server where the WebCenter Portal application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

In a clustered environment where applications share the same Content Server connection (that is, the applications connect to the same Content Server and share the same root folder and security group) run this command against only one managed server.

targetPortal
Name of the portal where the Portal Framework application has been migrated.
discussionsMappingFile
Comma separated values (CSV) file containing mapping entries for discussions and announcements migrated.

You must create this file manually. The values contain IDs of the forums or categories before and after migration on WebCenter Discussion Server.

migrationDirectory
Path to the folder where logs and data related to migration are stored.
applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.13.4.3 Example

The following example migrates a Portal Framework application's discussions and announcements to the category or forum provisioned for the HR Portal portal in the WebCenter Portal application deployed on the WC_Spaces managed server. The DiscussionsMappingFile.csv file is used to map the old forum and category IDs with the new ones.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>migrateFrameworkApplicationDiscussionsToWebCenter(appName='webcenter', server='WC_Spaces', targetPortal='HR Portal', discussionsMappingFile='/tmp/DiscussionsMappingFile.csv', migrationDirectory='/scratch/migrate')

10.14 Notifications

Use the commands listed in Table 10-23 to manage settings for the notifications in a named application.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-23 Notifications WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

setNotificationsConfig

Specify the connection used for routing notifications raised in a named application.

Online

getNotificationsConfig

Return details about the connection that is used to send notifications raised in a named application.

Online


10.14.1 setNotificationsConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.14.1.1 Description

Specifies the connection used for routing notifications raised in a named application.

Use an existing mail server or BPEL server connection. If the application is connected to a BPEL server, the Oracle User Messaging Service (UMS) is available for routing notifications through multiple messaging channels, including mail, worklists, and SMS. If you configure notifications to use a BPEL server connection, you may specify a sender 'From' address for each available messaging channel. That is, you can specify a sender mail address and an SMS address.

Alternatively, you can route notification messages through a mail server. If you configure notifications to use a mail server connection, the external application associated with the mail server connection must contain shared credentials. Shared credentials are required for routing application-wide notifications.

10.14.1.2 Syntax

setNotificationsConfig(appName, type, name, [senderMailAddress, senderSMSAddress, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

type
Type of connection used to send notifications. Valid values are MAIL and BPEL.
name
Name of an existing connection.

Consider the following:

  • Mail server connection—The external application associated with the mail server connection must contain shared credentials.

  • BPEL server connection—Oracle User Messaging Service (UMS) must be available on the BPEL server.

senderMailAddress
Optional. Mail address from which all mail notifications are sent.

Use the format:

<email_alias><<email_address>> or <email address>.

For example, WebCenter Notification<notifications@webcenter.com> or notifications@webcenter.com.

This argument applies to notifications routed through BPEL servers. When a BPEL server is used and UMS is configured with multiple email drivers, this address is also used to identify the appropriate email driver.

When a mail server is used, the "From Address" is the same user that is specified for the associated external application's shared credentials.

senderSMSAddress
Optional. SMS number from which all SMS notifications are sent.

Typically, the SMS address format is a 4-6 digit number (without -, spaces, or any other characters). For example, 28734.

This argument applies to notifications routed through BPEL servers. When a BPEL server is used and UMS is configured with multiple SMS drivers, this address is also used to identify the appropriate SMS driver.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.14.1.3 Example

The following example specifies that notifications in WebCenter Portal (webcenter) use a BPEL server connection named WebCenter-Worklist and also defines the mail address and SMS address from which all notifications are sent:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setNotificationsConfig(appName='webcenter', type='BPEL', 
name='WebCenter-Worklist', senderMailAddress='WebCenter Notification<notifications@webcenter.com', 
senderSMSAddress='28734')

10.14.2 getNotificationsConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.14.2.1 Description

Returns details about the connection that is used to send notifications raised in a named application.

10.14.2.2 Syntax

getNotificationsConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.14.2.3 Example

The following example returns details about the connection used by notifications service in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>getNotificationsConfig(appName='webcenter')

ConnectionType:    BPEL
ConnectionName:    WebCenter-Worklist
SenderMailAddress: notifications@webcenter.com
SenderSMSAddress:  28776

10.15 People Connections

Use the commands listed in Table 10-24 to manage user profile information in WebCenter Portal or your Portal Framework application.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which WebCenter Portal or your Portal Framework application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-24 People Connection WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

startSyncProfiles

Synchronize profile information in the LDAP store, with the WebCenter Portal database schema.

Online

syncProfile

Synchronize profile information for a specific user.

Online

stopSyncProfiles

Stop the profile synchronization process.

Online

isSyncProfilesRunning

Check whether profile synchronization is in progress.

Online

setProfileConfig

Set profile properties.

Online

getProfileConfig

Return current profile properties.

Online

listProfileConfig

List current profile properties.

Online

setProfilePhotoSync

Specify whether to synchronize user profile photos in the WebCenter schema from the LDAP server.

Online

setProfileCacheNumberOfObjects

Deprecated.

Online

setProfileSyncLDAPReadBatchSize

Deprecated.

Online

setProfileCacheTimeToLive

Deprecated.

Online

printProfileConfig

Deprecated.

Online


10.15.1 startSyncProfiles

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.1.1 Description

Synchronizes profile information in the LDAP store with the WebCenter Portal database schema.

10.15.1.2 Syntax

startSyncProfiles(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.1.3 Example

The following example synchronizes user profiles for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>startSyncProfiles(appName='webcenter')

10.15.2 stopSyncProfiles

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.2.1 Description

Stops the profile synchronization process, if currently in progress.

10.15.2.2 Syntax

stopSyncProfiles(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.2.3 Example

The following example stops the profile synchronization process for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>stopSyncProfiles(appName='webcenter')

10.15.3 isSyncProfilesRunning

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.3.1 Description

Checks whether profile synchronization is in progress.

10.15.3.2 Syntax

isSyncProfilesRunning(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.3.3 Example

The following example checks whether profile synchronization is in progress for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>isSyncProfilesRunning(appName='webcenter')

10.15.4 syncProfile

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.4.1 Description

Synchronizes profile information for a specific user in the LDAP store with the WebCenter Portal schema.

10.15.4.2 Syntax

syncProfile(appName, userName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

userName Name of the user whose profile information you want to synchronize.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.4.3 Example

The following example synchronizes profile information for a user named monty:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>syncProfile(appName='webcenter', userName='monty')

10.15.5 setProfileConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.5.1 Description

Sets profile properties for a named application. If you omit a parameter, the corresponding configuration remains unchanged.

10.15.5.2 Syntax

setProfileConfig(appName, ProfilePageVersion, ProfileCacheNumberOfObjects, ProfileCacheTimeToLive,ProfileSyncLDAPReadBatchSize, ProfileSyncHourOfDay, ProfileSyncFrequencyInDays,server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

ProfilePageVersion Optional. Specifies the profile page version to use.

Valid values for ProfilePageVersion are:

v1 - Use old-style profile pages (11.1.1.7.0 and earlier)

v2 - Use the new profile page format (introduced in 11.1.1.8.0)

The default value is v2.

ProfileCacheNumberOfObjects Optional. Specifies the number of profile objects to keep in the profile cache.

Any value between 1 and 10, 000. The default value is 1000.

ProfileCacheTimeToLive Optional. Specifies the length of time (in minutes) to keep a profile object in the cache.

Any value between 1 and 1440. The default value is 60.

ProfileSyncLDAPReadBatchSize Optional. Specifies the LDAP read batch size that is used during profile synchronization.

Any value between 1 and 1,000. The default value is 1000.

ProfileSyncHourOfDay Optional. Specifies when (the hour) to start profile synchronization.

Any value between 0 and 23. The default value is 23, equivalent to 11pm.

ProfileSyncFrequencyInDays Optional. Specifies how often profile synchronization takes place (in days).

Any value greater than 0. The default value is 7.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.5.3 Example

The following example sets new values for the ProfileCacheNumberOfObjects and ProfileCacheTimeToLive configuration settings.

All other settings remain unchanged:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setProfileConfig(appName='webcenter',ProfileCacheNumberOfObjects=2000, ProfileCacheTimeToLive=120)

10.15.6 getProfileConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.6.1 Description

Returns current profile settings for a named application.

10.15.6.2 Syntax

getProfileConfig(appName, key, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

key Name of a profile property. Valid values include:

- ProfilePageVersion

- ProfileCacheNumberofObjects

- ProfileCacheTimeToLive

- ProfileSyncLDAPReadBatchSize

- ProfileSyncHourofDay

- ProfileSyncFrequenceyInDays

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.6.3 Example

The following examples return current settings for various profile properties:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getProfileConfig(appName='webcenter', key='ProfilePageVersion')
wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getProfileConfig(appName='webcenter', key='ProfileCacheNumberOfObjects')
wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getProfileConfig(appName='webcenter', key='ProfileCacheTimeToLive')
wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getProfileConfig(appName='webcenter', key='ProfileSyncLDAPReadBatchSize')
wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getProfileConfig(appName='webcenter', key='ProfileSyncHourOfDay')
wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getProfileConfig(appName='webcenter', key='ProfileSyncFrequencyInDays')

10.15.7 listProfileConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.7.1 Description

Lists the current profile settings for a named application.

10.15.7.2 Syntax

listProfileConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.7.3 Example

The following example lists current profile settings for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listProfileConfig(appName='webcenter')

10.15.8 setProfileCacheNumberOfObjects

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.8.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use setProfileConfig instead.)

Sets the maximum number of profile objects to cache (in the profile cache).

10.15.8.2 Syntax

setProfileCacheNumberOfObjects(appName, noOfObjects, [server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

noOfObjects Number of profile objects to cache.

Any value between 1 and 10, 000. The default value is 1000.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.8.3 Example

The following example increases the size of the cache to 2,000 profiles:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setProfileCacheNumberOfObjects(appName='webcenter', noOfObjects=2000)

10.15.9 setProfileSyncLDAPReadBatchSize

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.9.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use setProfileConfig instead.)

Sets the profile synchronization LDAP batch read size.

10.15.9.2 Syntax

setProfileSyncLDAPReadBatchSize(appName, batchSize, [server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

batchSize LDAP batch read size. Any value between 1 and 1000.

The default value is 1000.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.9.3 Example

The following example increases the batch size to 2000 LDAP profiles:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setProfileSyncLDAPReadBatchSize(appName='webcenter', batchSize=800)

10.15.10 setProfileCacheTimeToLive

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.10.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use setProfileConfig instead.)

Sets the time (in minutes) for a profile to live in the profile cache.

10.15.10.2 Syntax

setProfileCacheTimeToLive(appName, timeToLive, [server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

timeToLive Time to live for profile objects (in minutes) in the profile cache. The default value is 60 minutes.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.10.3 Example

The following example decreases the length of time profile objects are cached to 30 minutes:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setProfileCacheTimeToLive(appName='webcenter', timeToLive=30)

10.15.11 setProfilePhotoSync

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.11.1 Description

Specifies whether to synchronize the latest user profile photos in LDAP with WebCenter Portal's profile cache. When synchronization is enabled, profile photos are synchronized when the profile cache expires. When synchronization is disabled, profile photos are not synchronized with the WebCenter Portal's profile cache.

Note:

The WLST command setProfileCacheTimeToLive defines the length of time profile objects live in the cache.

10.15.11.2 Syntax

setProfilePhotoSync(appName, enablePhotoSync, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

enablePhotoSync Specifies whether to periodically synchronize user profile photos in LDAP. Valid values are 1 and 0.
  • 1 - Synchronize user profile photos periodically (after WebCenter Portal's profile cache expires).

  • 0 - Profile photos in LDAP are not automatically synchronized with WebCenter Portal's profile cache. WebCenter Portal users must manually upload new photos through their profile page.

The default value is 1.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.11.3 Example

The following example enables profile photo synchronization in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setProfilePhotoSync(appName='webcenter', enablePhotoSync=1)

10.15.12 printProfileConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.15.12.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use setProfileConfig instead.)

Prints profile cache configuration values.

10.15.12.2 Syntax

printProfileConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.15.12.3 Example

The following example displays the current profile cache configuration for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>printProfileConfig(appName='webcenter')

10.16 Personal Events

Use the commands listed in Table 10-25 to manage personal events server connections for a named application.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-25 Personal Events WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createPersonalEventConnection

Create a personal events server connection for a named application.

Online

setPersonalEventConnection

Edit an existing personal events server connection.

Online

listPersonalEventConnections

List all of the personal events server connections that are configured for a named application

Online


10.16.1 createPersonalEventConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.16.1.1 Description

Creates a personal events server connection for a named application.

Personal events supports connections to Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 and Microsoft Exchange Server 2007.While you can register multiple personal events connections for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications, only one connection is used for personal events services - the default (or active) connection.

10.16.1.2 Syntax

createPersonalEventConnection(appName, name, webServiceUrl, adapterName, appId, [default, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types within the application.
webServiceUrl
URL of the web service exposing the event application.

Use the format:

protocol://host:port/appWebServiceInterface/WSName
adapterName
Specify the adapter that matches the personal events server. Valid values are MSEx2003 and MSEx2007. Choose MSEx2003 for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 and MSEx2007 for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007.

Each adapter has its own mechanism of authenticating and exchanging data

appId
External application associated with the Microsoft Exchange Server providing personal events services. If specified, external application credential information is used to authenticate users against the Microsoft Exchange Server.
default
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default connection for personal event services. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.

To specify that personal events uses this connection, set the value to 1.

While you can register multiple connections for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications, only one connection is used for personal event services—the default (or active) connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.16.1.3 Example

The following example creates a connection named MyPEConnection for WebCenter Portal (webcenter). The connection points to a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and is designated as the default connection for personal event services:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createPersonalEventConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyPEConnection', webServiceUrl='http://myexchange.com/EWS/Services.wsdl', 
adapterName='MSEx2007', appId='ExtPEApp', default=1)

The following example creates a connection named MyPEConnection for a WebCenter Portal. The connection points to a Microsoft Exchange Server 2003:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createPersonalEventConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyPEConnection', webServiceUrl='http://myexchange.com/ExchangeWS/PersonalEventsWebService.asmx', adapterName='MSEx2003',  appId='ExtPEApp')

10.16.2 setPersonalEventConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.16.2.1 Description

Edits an existing personal events server connection configured for a named application.

10.16.2.2 Syntax

setPersonalEventConnection(appName, name, [webServiceUrl, adapterName, appId, default, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing personal events server connection.
webServiceUrl
URL of the web service exposing the event application.

Use the format:

protocol://host:port/appWebServiceInterface/WSName
adapterName
Optional. Specify the adapter that matches the personal events server. Valid values are MSEx2003 and MSEx2007. Choose MSEx2003 for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 and MSEx2007 for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007.

Each adapter has its own mechanism of authenticating and exchanging data

appId
Optional. External application associated with the Microsoft Exchange Server providing personal events services. If specified, external application credential information is used to authenticate users against the Microsoft Exchange Server.
default
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default connection for personal events. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.

To specify that personal events uses this connection, set the value to 1.

While you can register multiple connections for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications, only one connection is used for personal event services— the default (or active) connection.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.16.2.3 Example

The following example updates the web service URL for a connection named MyPEConnection.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setPersonalEventConnection(appName='webcenter', name='MyPEConnection', webServiceUrl='http://myexchange.com/EWS/Services.wsdl')

The following example makes a connection named MyPEConnection the default connection for personal events services in WebCenter Portal.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setPersonalEventConnection(appName='webcenter', name='MyPEConnection', default=1)

10.16.3 listPersonalEventConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.16.3.1 Description

Lists all of the personal events server connections that are configured for a named application.

10.16.3.2 Syntax

listPersonalEventConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays connection details for personal events in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listPersonalEventConnections lists all of the personal events server connections that are configured for a named application, along with their details.

When set to 0, only connection names are listed. This argument defaults to 0.

When set to 0, do not specify the name argument.

name
Optional. Name of an existing personal events connection. Use this argument to view connection details for a specific personal events server.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.16.3.3 Example

The following example lists connection names and details for all of the personal events server connections currently configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listPersonalEventConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)

The following example displays connection details for a personal events server connection named MyPEConnection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listPersonalEventConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1, name='MyPEConnection')

10.17 Personalization

Use the commands listed in Table 10-26 to manage personalization connections for a named application.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which personalization is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-26 Personalization WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createWCPSCMISConnection

Create a CMIS connection for the personalization.

Online

createWCPSActivityGraphConnection

Create an activity graph connection for the personalization.

Online

createWCPSPeopleConnection

Create a People connection for the personalization.

Online

createWCPSCustomConnection

Create a custom connection for the personalization.

Online

setWCPSConnectionProperty

Modify properties of an existing connection for the personalization.

Online

listWCPSCMISConnection

List CMIS connections configured for the personalization.

Online

listWCPSActivityGraphConnection

List activity graph connections configured for the personalization.

Online

listWCPSPeopleConnection

List People connections configured for the personalization.

Online

listWCPSCustomConnection

List custom connections configured for the personalization.

Online

deleteWCPSCMISConnection

Create a CMIS connection for the personalization.

Online

deleteWCPSActivityGraphConnection

Create an activity graph connection for the personalization.

Online

deleteWCPSPeopleConnection

Create a People connection for the personalization.

Online

deleteWCPSCustomConnection

Create a custom connection for the personalization.

Online


10.17.1 createWCPSCMISConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.1.1 Description

Creates a connection to a CMIS (Content Management Interoperability Service) provider for personalization services.

10.17.1.2 Syntax

createWCPSCMISConnection(name, repositoryId, host, port, [scheme, namespace, 
isDefault, path, pathPrepend, servletPathPart, rewriteUrls, pathTrim, 
timeoutInMillisecs, propagateTimeoutExceptions, server])
Argument Definition
name
Connection name. The name must be unique for this connection type within a namespace.
repositoryId
CMIS repository ID.

Typically, the name of the Oracle WebCenter Content repository connection.

host
Hostname of the server that is hosting the CMIS REST service.

Typically, the machine name of the WC_Spaces managed server.

port
Port of the server that is hosting the CMIS REST service.

Typically, the port number of the WC_Spaces managed server.

scheme
Optional. HTTP scheme for accessing the CMIS REST service.

Valid options are: http and https (for SSL)

Defaults to http.

namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection. If not specified or set to none, the connection is available to all namespaces.
isDefault
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default CMIS connection for personalization services.

Valid values are 1 (true) or 0 (false).

Defaults to 0.

path
Optional. CMIS service URL path.

Defaults to:/api/cmis/repository/<repositoryId>

pathPrepend
Optional. Base CMIS service URL path to prepend to the servletPathPart and path.

Defaults to /rest.

servletPathPart
Optional. Servlet section of the CMIS service URL path.
rewriteUrls
Optional. Specifies how to rewrite URLs returned from the CMIS REST service.

Valid options are producer, consumer, and none. Defaults to none.

For more details, see 'Managing Personalization' in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

pathTrim
Optional. Specifies the path parts to trim from URLs returned from the CMIS REST service. Defaults to None.

For more details, see 'Managing Personalization' in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

timeoutInMillisecs
Optional. Timeout in milliseconds (as a string) to wait for CMIS calls to return, or None for no timeout.

Defaults to None.

propagateTimeoutExceptions
Optional. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, CMIS call timeouts raise an exception.

When set to 0, exceptions are not raised.

server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization.


10.17.1.3 Example

The following example creates a connection to a CMIS data provider:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createWCPSCMISConnection(name='Repos1CMISConnection', 
repositoryId='ucm11g-server', host='myhost.com', port=8888, scheme='http', isDefault=1)

10.17.2 createWCPSActivityGraphConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.2.1 Description

Creates a connection to an activity graph data provider for personalization services.

10.17.2.2 Syntax

createWCPSActivityGraphConnection(name, host, port, [scheme, namespace, isDefault, restResourceIndex, rewriteUrls, pathTrim, server)
Argument Definition
name
Connection name. Must be unique for this connection type within a namespace.
host
Hostname of the server hosting activity graph REST services.

Typically, the machine name of the WC_Spaces managed server.

port
Port of the server hosting activity graph services.

Typically, the port number of the WC_Spaces managed server.

scheme
Optional. HTTP scheme for accessing activity graph. Valid options are http and https. Defaults to http.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection.

If not specified or set to none, the connection is available to all namespaces.

isDefault
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default activity graph connection. Valid values are 1 (true) or 0 (false). Defaults to 0.
restResourceIndex
Optional. URL path for the resourceIndex of the REST server. Defaults to /rest/api/resourceIndex.
rewriteUrls
Optional. Specifies how to rewrite URLs returned from activity graph REST services. Valid options are producer, consumer, and none. Defaults to none.

For more details, see 'Managing Personalization' in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

pathTrim
Optional. Specifies the path parts to trim from URLs returned from activity graph REST services. Defaults to None.

For more details, see 'Managing Personalization' in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.


10.17.2.3 Example

The following example creates a connection to an activity graph data provider in a particular namespace:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createWCPSActivityGraphConnection(name='AGConnection', host='myhost.com', port=8888, namespace='myNamespace')

10.17.3 createWCPSPeopleConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.3.1 Description

Creates a connection to a people connections provider for personalization services.

10.17.3.2 Syntax

createWCPSPeopleConnection(name, host, port, [scheme], [namespace], [isDefault], [restResourceIndex], [rewriteUrls], [pathTrim], [server])
Argument Definition
name
Connection name. Must be unique for this connection type within a namespace.
host
Hostname of the server hosting the people connections REST service.

Typically, the machine name of the WC_Spaces managed server.

port
Port of the server hosting people connections.

Typically, the port number of the WC_Spaces managed server.

scheme
Optional. HTTP scheme for accessing people connection services.

Valid options are http and https. Defaults to http.

namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection.

f not specified or set to none, the connection is available to all namespaces.

isDefault
Optional. Indicates whether this connection is the default for people connections.

Valid values are 1 (true) or 0 (false). Defaults to 0.

restResourceIndex
Optional. URL path for the resourceIndex of the REST server.

Defaults to /rest/api/resourceIndex.

rewriteUrls
Optional. Specifies how to rewrite URLs returned from the people connections REST service. Valid options are producer, consumer, and none. Defaults to none.

For more details, see 'Managing Personalization' in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

pathTrim
Optional. Specifies the path parts to trim from URLs returned from people connections. Defaults to None.

For more details, see 'Managing Personalization' in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization services.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.


10.17.3.3 Example

The following example creates a connection to a people connections provider in the default namespace:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createWCPSPeopleConnection(name='PeopleConnection', host='myhost.com', port=8888)

10.17.4 createWCPSCustomConnection

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.4.1 Description

Creates a connection to a custom data provider for personalization services.

Custom connection types are used with custom data providers and property locators.

10.17.4.2 Syntax

createWCPSCustomConnection(name, type, [namespace, properties, [server])
Argument Definition
name
Connection name. Must be unique for this connection type within a namespace.
type
Custom connection type specific to the custom data provider or property locator implementation.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection. If not specified or set to none, the connection is available to all namespaces.
properties
Optional. Dictionary of connection properties and values.

The set of properties is specific to the connection type. All values in the dictionary must be strings.

server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.


10.17.4.3 Example

The following example creates a connection to a custom data provider with several properties:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createWCPSCustomConnection(name='CustomConnection', type='my.connection.type', properties={'prop1': 'value1', 'prop2', value2'})

10.17.5 listWCPSCMISConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.5.1 Description

Lists all CMIS (Content Management Interoperability Service) connections configured for personalization or lists a single connection.

10.17.5.2 Syntax

listWCPSCMISConnections([server], [verbose], [name], [namespace])
Argument Definition
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.

verbose
Optional. Controls verbose or concise output. Valid options are 1 and 0.

When set to 1, this command lists the CMIS connections and their properties.

When set to 0, this command lists connection names only.

Defaults to 1.

name
Optional. Name of an existing connection. If not specified or set to None, then all connections are listed.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connections you want to list. If not specified or set to none, this command lists connections configured to be available in all namespaces.

10.17.5.3 Example

The following example lists the names of all the CMIS connections:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWCPSCMISConnections(verbose=0)

Repos1CMISConnection
Repos2CMISConnection

The following example lists the details of one CMIS connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWCPSCMISConnections(name='Repos1CMISConnection')

----------------------
Repos1CMISConnection (type=cmis.provider.connection, namespace=*)
----------------------
host: myhost.com
isDefault: false 
path: /api/cmis/repository/repo1
pathPrepend: /rest
port: 8888
repositoryId: ucm11g-server
rewriteUrls: none
scheme: http

10.17.6 listWCPSActivityGraphConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.6.1 Description

Lists all activity graph connections configured for the personalization or lists a single connection.

10.17.6.2 Syntax

listWCPSActivityGraphConnections([server], [verbose], [name], [namespace])
Argument Definition
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization service.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.

verbose
Optional. Controls verbose or concise output. Valid options are 1 and 0.

When set to 1, this command lists the activity graph connections and their properties.

When set to 0, this command lists connection names only.

Defaults to 1.

name
Optional. Name of an existing connection. If not specified or set to None, then all connections are listed.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection you want to list. If not specified or set to none, this command lists connections configured to be available in all namespaces.

10.17.6.3 Example

The following example lists the names of all activity graph data provider connections:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWCPSActivityGraphConnections(verbose=0)

AG1Connection
AG2Connection

The following example lists the details of one activity graph data provider connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWCPSActivityGraphConnections(name='AG1Connection')

----------------------
AG1Connection (type=activity.provider.connection, namespace=*)
----------------------
host: myhost.com
isDefault: false 
port: 8888
restResourceIndex: /rest/api/resourceIndex
rewriteUrls: producer
scheme: http

10.17.7 listWCPSPeopleConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.7.1 Description

Lists all people connections configured for personalization or lists a single connection.

10.17.7.2 Syntax

listWCPSPeopleConnections([server], [verbose], [name], [namespace])
Argument Definition
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.

verbose
Optional. Controls verbose or concise output. Valid options are 1 and 0.

When set to 1, this command lists connection names and their properties.

When set to 0, this command lists connection names only.

Defaults to 1.

name
Optional. Name of an existing connection. If not specified or set to None, then all connections are listed.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection you want to list. If not specified or set to none, this command lists connections configured to be available in all namespaces.

10.17.7.3 Example

The following example lists the names of all people connections for personalization:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWCPSPeopleConnections(verbose=0)

People1Connection
People2Connection

The following example lists the details of a single connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWCPSPeopleConnections(name='PeopleConnection')

----------------------
PeopleConnection (type=people.service.connection, namespace=*)
----------------------
host: myhost.com
isDefault: false 
port: 8888
restResourceIndex: /rest/api/resourceIndex
rewriteUrls: producer
scheme: http

10.17.8 listWCPSCustomConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.8.1 Description

Lists all connections of a particular type configured for personalization or lists a single connection.

Custom connection types are used with custom data providers and property locators.

10.17.8.2 Syntax

listWCPSCustomConnections(type, [server], [verbose], [name], [namespace])
Argument Definition
type
Custom connection type specific to the custom data provider or property locator implementation.
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.

verbose
Optional. Controls verbose or concise output. Valid options are 1 and 0.

When set to 1, this command lists the connections and their properties.

When set to 0, this command lists connection names only.

Defaults to 1.

name
Optional. Name of an existing connection. If not specified or set to None, then all connections are listed.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection you want to list. If not specified or set to none, this command lists connections configured to be available in all namespaces.

10.17.8.3 Example

The following example lists the names of all connections with the type my.connection.type:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWCPSCustomConnections(type='my.connection.type', verbose=0)

Custom1Connection
Custom2Connection

The following example lists the details of one custom connection for personalization:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWCPSPeopleConnections(type='my.connection.type', name='CustomConnection')

----------------------
CustomConnection (type=my.connection.type, namespace=*)
----------------------
host: myhost.com
isDefault: false 
port: 8888
customConnectionProperty: someValue
scheme: http

10.17.9 deleteWCPSCMISConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.9.1 Description

Deletes a CMIS (Content Management Interoperability Service) connection configured for personalization.

10.17.9.2 Syntax

deleteWCPSCMISConnection(name, [namespace, server])
Argument Definition
name
Connection name.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection you want to delete. If not specified or set to none, this command deletes connections configured to be available in all namespaces.
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.


10.17.9.3 Example

The following example deletes a CMIS connection configured for personalization:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>deleteWCPSCMISConnection(name='ReposCMISConnection')

10.17.10 deleteWCPSActivityGraphConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.10.1 Description

Deletes an activity graph connection configured for personalization.

10.17.10.2 Syntax

deleteWCPSActivityGraphConnection(name, [namespace, server])
Argument Definition
name
Connection name.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection you want to delete. If not specified or set to none, this command deletes connections configured to be available in all namespaces.
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.


10.17.10.3 Example

The following example deletes an activity graph connection configured for personalization:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>deleteWCPSActivityGraphConnection(name='AGConnection')

10.17.11 deleteWCPSPeopleConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.11.1 Description

Deletes a people connection configured for personalization.

10.17.11.2 Syntax

deleteWCPSPeopleConnection(name, [namespace, server])
Argument Definition
name
Connection name.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection you want to delete. If not specified or set to none, this command deletes connections configured to be available in all namespaces.
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.


10.17.11.3 Example

The following example deletes a people connection configured for personalization:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>deleteWCPSPeopleConnection(name='PeopleConnection')

10.17.12 deleteWCPSCustomConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.12.1 Description

Deletes a custom data provider connection configured for personalization.

10.17.12.2 Syntax

deleteWCPSCustomConnection(name, type, [namespace, server])
Argument Definition
name
Connection name.
type
Custom connection type.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection you want to delete. If not specified or set to none, this command deletes connections configured to be available in all namespaces.
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.


10.17.12.3 Example

The following example deletes a custom data provider connection configured for personalization:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>deleteWCPSCustomConnection(name='CustomConnection', type='my.connection.type')

10.17.13 setWCPSConnectionProperty

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.17.13.1 Description

Add, modify, or delete properties of an existing connection for personalization. The properties supported by a connection are specific to the connection type:

  • CMIS connections support the following properties: repositoryId, host, port, scheme, path, pathPrepend, servletPathPart, rewriteUrls, pathTrim, isDefault, timeoutInMillisecs, propagateTimeoutException

    See also, createWCPSCMISConnection.

  • Activity graph and people connections support the following properties: host, port, scheme, restResourceIndex, rewriteUrls, pathTrim, isDefault

    See also, createWCPSActivityGraphConnection and createWCPSPeopleConnection.

10.17.13.2 Syntax

setWCPSConnectionProperty(connectionName, connectionType, propertyName,
propertyValue, [namespace], [server])
Argument Definition
connectionName
Connection name.
connectionType
Connection type. Valid values are WCPS_CMIS_CONNECTION_TYPE, WCPS_AG_CONNECTION_TYPE, and WCPS_PC_CONNECTION_TYPE for CMIS, activity graph, and people connections, respectively.

Alternatively, any valid, custom connection type can be specified

propertyName 
Property name.
propertyValue
Property value as a string. Use None to remove a property value from the connection.
namespace
Optional. Namespace for the connection you want to change. If not specified or set to none, this command modifies properties of connections configured to be available in all namespaces.
server
Optional. Name of the Managed Server hosting personalization.

This parameter is only required in a nondefault deployment configuration. No value is required for a default deployment where the WC_Utilities server hosts personalization services.


10.17.13.3 Example

The following example changes or adds a property to a CMIS connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setWCPSConnectionProperty(connectionName='ReposCMISConnection', 
connectionType=WCPS_CMIS_CONNECTION_TYPE, 
propertyName='propagateTimeoutExceptions', propertyValue='false')

The following example removes a property from a custom data provider connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setWCPSConnectionProperty(connectionName='CustomConnection', 
connectionType='my.connection.type', propertyName='prop2', propertyValue=None)

10.18 Portlet Producers

Use the commands listed in Table 10-27 to manage portlet producers used in WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

All configuration changes made using these WLST commands are immediately available in the application.

Table 10-27 Portlet Producer WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

registerWSRPProducer

Create and register a WSRP producer.

Online

setWSRPProducer

Edit WSRP producer registration details.

Online

listWSRPProducers

List WSRP producer registration details.

Online

deregisterWSRPProducer

Deregister a WSRP producer, and delete the associated WSRP and web service connections.

Online

listWSRPProducerRegistrationProperties

List registration properties supported by a WSRP producer.

Online

listWSRPProducerUserCategories

List any user categories that the WSRP producer might support.

Online

mapWSRPProducerUserCategory

Map a role that is defined in the specified application to a user category supported by a WSRP producer.

Online

registerPDKJavaProducer

Create and register an Oracle PDK-Java producer.

Online

setPDKJavaProducer

Edit PDK-Java producer registration details.

Online

listPDKJavaProducers

List registered Oracle PDK-Java producers.

Online

deregisterPDKJavaProducer

Deregister an Oracle PDK-Java producer, deleting the associated connection.

Online

registerPageletProducer

Create and register a pagelet producer.

Online

setPageletProducer

Edit pagelet producer registration details.

Online

listPageletProducers

List pagelet producer registration details.

Online

deregisterPageletProducer

Deregister a pagelet producer, deleting the associated connection.

Online

refreshProducer

Refresh the metadata stored for the named producer to reflect the portlets currently offered by that producer.

Online

listPortletClientConfig

List portlet client configuration for a named application.

Online

setPortletClientConfig

Edit portlet client configuration settings.

Online

getPortletClientConfig

Return portlet client configuration settings.

Online

registerOOTBProducers

Register out-of-the-box producers provided with Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Online

deregisterOOTBProducers

Deregister out-of-the-box producers provided with Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Online

registerSampleProducers

Register the sample producers provided with Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Online

deregisterSampleProducers

Deregister sample producers.

Online


10.18.1 registerWSRPProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.1.1 Description

Creates a connection to a WSRP portlet producer and registers the WRSP producer with a named application. When you create a WSRP producer connection, a web service connection is also created named <name>-wsconn where <name> is the value specified for the name argument.

10.18.1.2 Syntax

registerWSRPProducer(appName, name, url, [proxyHost], [proxyPort], 
[timeout],[externalApp],[registrationProperties],[tokenType],[issuer],[defUser], 
[keyStorePath],[keyStorePswd],[sigKeyAlias],[sigKeyPswd],[encKeyAlias], 
[encKeyPswd],[recptAlias], [enforcePolicyURI], [server],[applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.

The name you specify here will appear in Composer (under the Portlets folder).

url
Producer WSDL URL. The syntax will vary according to your WSRP implementation, for example:

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/wsrp1?WSDL

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/?WSDL (WSRP 1.0 for backward compatibility)

Where:

  • host_name is the server where your producer is deployed

  • port_number is the HTTP listener port number

  • context_root is the web application's context root

  • portlets[/wsrp(1|2)]?WSDL is static text. The text entered here depends on how the producer is deployed.

For example:

http://myhost.com:7778/MyPortletApp/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL

proxyHost
Optional. Host name or IP address of the proxy server.

A proxy is required when the application and the remote portlet producer are separated by a firewall and an HTTP proxy is needed to communicate with the producer.

proxyPort
Optional. Port number on which the proxy server listens.
timeout
Optional. Timeout setting for communications with the producer, in seconds. For example, the maximum time the producer may take to register, deregister, or display portlets on portal pages. This argument defaults to 30.

Individual portlets may define their own timeout period, which takes precedence over the value expressed here.

registrationProperties
Optional. A list of registration properties and their values. The format of this argument must be a comma-separated list of valid registration properties, each followed by an equals symbol and the value. For example: name=Producer,key=123. The registration properties for a producer can be found using listWSRPProducerRegistrationProperties. See Section 10.18.5, "listWSRPProducerRegistrationProperties".
tokenType
Optional. Type of token profile to use for authentication with this WSRP producer.

When the argument enforcePolicyURI=1, valid values are:

  • USERNAME_WITHOUT_PASSWORD
    (oracle/wss10_username_id_propagation_with_msg_protection_client_policy)—This policy provides message protection (integrity and confidentiality) and identity propagation for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security 1.0 standard. Credentials (user name only) are included in outbound SOAP request messages through a WS-Security UsernameToken header. No password is included.

    Message protection is provided using WS-Security 1.0's Basic128 suite of asymmetric key technologies. Specifically, RSA key mechanisms for message confidentiality, SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity, and AES-128 bit encryption.

  • USERNAME_WITH_PASSWORD
    (oracle/wss10_username_token_with_message_protection_client_policy)—This policy provides message protection (integrity and confidentiality) and authentication for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security v1.0 standard. Both plain text and digest mechanisms are supported.

    This policy uses WS-Security's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies. Specifically, RSA key mechanism for message confidentiality, SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity, and AES-128 bit encryption.

    Use this token profile if the WSRP producer has a different identity store. You will need to define an external application pertaining to the producer and associate the external application with this producer.

  • SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY
    (wss10_saml_token_with_message_integrity_client_policy)—This policy provides message-level integrity protection and SAML-based authentication for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security 1.0 standard. A SAML token, included in the SOAP message, is used in SAML-based authentication with sender vouches confirmation.

    This policy uses WS-Security's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies and SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity.

    When this policy is selected, the recipient key alias (recptAlias) must be disabled.

  • SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION
    (oracle/wss10_saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy)—This policy provides message-level protection (integrity and confidentiality) and SAML-based authentication for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security 1.0 standard. The web service consumer includes a SAML token in the SOAP header and the confirmation type is sender-vouches.

    This policy uses WS-Security's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies. Specifically, RSA key mechanisms for message confidentiality, SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity, and AES-128 bit encryption. and SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity.

tokenType
continued...
  • WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION
    (oracle/wss11_saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy)—This policy provides message-level protection (integrity and confidentiality) and SAML token population for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security 1.1 standard. A SAML token, included in the SOAP message, is used in SAML-based authentication with sender vouches confirmation. This policy uses the symmetric key technology for signing and encryption, and WS-Security's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies for endorsing signatures.
  • WSS10_SAML_TOKEN_ONLY (oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy)—This policy provides SAML-based authentication for outbound SOAP request messages in accordance with the WS-Security 1.0 standard. The policy propagates user identity and is typically used in intra departmental deployments where message protection and integrity checks are not required.

    This policy does not require any keystore configuration.

If the argument enforcePolicyURI=0, you can specify any valid Oracle Web Services Manager (OWSM) policy URI for the tokenType argument.

issuer
Optional. Name of the issuer of the token. The issuer name is the entity that vouches for the verification of the subject. For example: www.oracle.com.

This argument only applies when the tokenType is: SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY, WSS10_SAML_TOKEN_ONLY, WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION.

defUser
Optional. User name to assert to the remote producer when the user is not authenticated with the portal application.

When unauthenticated, the identity anonymous is associated with the application user. The value anonymous may be inappropriate for the remote producer, so you may need to specify an alternative identity here. Keep in mind though, that in this case, the application has not authenticated the user so the default user you specify should be a low privileged user in the remote producer. If the user has authenticated to the application, the user's identity is asserted rather than the default user.

This argument only applies when the tokenType is: USERNAME_WITHOUT_PASSWORD, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY, WSS10_SAML_TOKEN_ONLY, WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION.

extApp Optional. This argument applies when the tokenType is USERNAME_WITH_PASSWORD. If this producer uses an external application to store and supply user credentials for authentication, use this argument to name the associated external application.
keyStorePath
Optional. Full path to the key store that contains the certificate and the private key that is used for signing some parts of the SOAP message, such as the security token and SOAP message body. The selected file should be a key store created with the Java keytool.
keyStorePswd
Optional. Password to the key store that was set when the key store was created.
sigKeyAlias
Optional. Identifier for the certificate associated with the private key that is used for signing.
sigKeyPswd
Optional. Password for accessing the key identified by the alias that is specified using the sigKeyAlias argument.
encKeyAlias
Optional. Key alias to be used for encryption. A valid value is one of the key aliases that is located in the specified key store.
encKeyPswd
Optional. Password for accessing the encryption key.
recptAlias
Optional. Key store alias that is associated with the producer's certificate. This certificate is used to encrypt the message to the producer.

Do not specify a recipient key alias when the tokenType is SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY.

enforcePolicyURI
Optional. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).When set to 1, users must specify one of the following token profiles for the tokenType argument: USERNAME_WITHOUT_PASSWORD, USERNAME_WITH_PASSWORD, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY, WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION,WSS10_SAML_TOKEN_ONLY

When set to 0, users can specify any Oracle Web Services Manager (OWSM) policy URI. The user must ensure that the OWSM policy specified is valid.

The default value is 1.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.1.3 Examples

The following example registers a WSRP producer named WSRPSamples with WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> registerWSRPProducer(appName='webcenter', 
name='WSRPSamples', url='http://myhost.com:9999/
portletapp/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL')

The following example registers a secure WSRP producer:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> registerWSRPProducer(appName='webcenter', 
name='WSRPSamples2', url='http://myhost.com:8899/portletapp/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL', 
tokenType='WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION', issuer='www.oracle.com',  defUser='anonymous', keyStorePath='/keys/mykeystore.jks', keyStorePswd='Test1', 
sigKeyAlias='mysigalias',sigKeyPswd='mysigpswd', encKeyAlias='myencalias', 
encKeyPswd='myencpswd', recptAlias='myrcptalias')

10.18.2 setWSRPProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.2.1 Description

Edits registration details for an existing WSRP producer.

10.18.2.2 Syntax

setWSRPProducer(appName, name, [url], [proxyHost], [proxyPort], [timeout], 
[externalApp], [tokenType],[issuer], [defUser], [keyStorePath], [keyStorePswd] 
[sigKeyAlias], [sigKeyPswd], [encKeyAlias], [encKeyPswd], [recptAlias],
[enforcePolicyURI], [server], [applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name 
Name of an existing WSRP producer.
url
Optional. WSRP producer URL. The syntax will vary according to your WSRP implementation, for example:

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/wsrp1?WSDL

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/?WSDL (WSRP 1.0 for backward compatibility)

Where:

  • host_name is the server where your producer is deployed

  • port_number is the HTTP listener port number

  • context_root is the Web application's context root

  • portlets[/wsrp(1|2)]?WSDL is static text. The text entered here depends on how the producer is deployed.

For example:

http://myhost:7778/MyPortletApp/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL

proxyHost
Optional. Host name or IP address of the proxy server.

A proxy is required when the application and the remote portlet producer are separated by a firewall and an HTTP proxy is needed to communicate with the producer.

proxyPort
Optional. Port number on which the proxy server listens.
timeout
Optional. Timeout setting for communications with the producer, in seconds. For example, the maximum time the producer may take to register, deregister, or display portlets on portal pages.

This argument defaults to 30.

Individual portlets may define their own timeout period, which takes precedence over the value expressed here.

extApp Optional. This argument applies when the tokenType is USERNAME_WITH_PASSWORD. If this producer uses an external application to store and supply user credentials for authentication, use this argument to name the associated external application.
tokenType
Optional. Type of token profile to use for authentication with this WSRP producer.

When the argument enforcePolicyURI=1, valid values are:

  • USERNAME_WITHOUT_PASSWORD

    (oracle/wss10_username_id_propagation_with_msg_protection_client_policy)—This policy provides message protection (integrity and confidentiality) and identity propagation for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security 1.0 standard. Credentials (user name only) are included in outbound SOAP request messages through a WS-Security UsernameToken header. No password is included.

    Message protection is provided using WS-Security 1.0's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies. Specifically, RSA key mechanisms for message confidentiality, SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity, and AES-128 bit encryption.

  • USERNAME_WITH_PASSWORD

    (oracle/wss10_username_token_with_message_protection_client_policy)—This policy provides message protection (integrity and confidentiality) and authentication for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security v1.0 standard. Both plain text and digest mechanisms are supported.

    This policy uses WS-Security's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies. Specifically, RSA key mechanism for message confidentiality, SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity, and AES-128 bit encryption.

    Use this token profile if the WSRP producer has a different identity store. You will need to define an external application pertaining to the producer and associate the external application with this producer.

  • SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY

    (wss10_saml_token_with_message_integrity_client_policy)—This policy provides message-level integrity and SAML-based authentication for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security 1.0 standard. A SAML token, included in the SOAP message, is used in SAML-based authentication with sender vouches confirmation.

    This policy uses WS-Security's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies and SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity.

    When this policy is selected, the recipient key alias (recptAlias) must be disabled.

  • SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION

    (oracle/wss10_saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy)—This policy provides message-level protection (integrity and confidentiality) and SAML-based authentication for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security 1.0 standard. The Web service consumer includes a SAML token in the SOAP header and the confirmation type is sender-vouches.

    This policy uses WS-Security's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies. Specifically, RSA key mechanisms for message confidentiality, SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity, and AES-128 bit encryption. and SHA-1 hashing algorithm for message integrity.

tokenType
continued...
  • WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION

    (oracle/wss11_saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy)—This policy enables message-level protection (integrity and confidentiality) and SAML token population for outbound SOAP requests in accordance with the WS-Security 1.1 standard. A SAML token, included in the SOAP message, is used in SAML-based authentication with sender vouches confirmation. This policy uses the symmetric key technology for signing and encryption, and WS-Security's Basic 128 suite of asymmetric key technologies for endorsing signatures.

  • WSS10_SAML_TOKEN_ONLY

    (oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy)—This policy includes SAML-tokens in outbound SOAP request messages in accordance with the WS-Security 1.0 standard. The policy propagates user identity and is typically used in intra departmental deployments where message protection and integrity checks are not required.

    This policy does not require any keystore configuration.

If the argument enforcePolicyURI=0, you can specify any valid Oracle Web Services Manager (OWSM) policy URI for the tokenType argument.

issuer
Optional. Name of the issuer of the token. The issuer name is the entity that vouches for the verification of the subject. For example: www.oracle.com.

This argument only applies when the tokenType is: SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY, WSS10_SAML_TOKEN_ONLY, WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION.

defUser
Optional. User name to assert to the remote producer when the user is not authenticated with the application.

When unauthenticated, the identity anonymous is associated with the application user. The value anonymous may be inappropriate for the remote producer, so you may need to specify an alternative identity here. Keep in mind though, that in this case, the application has not authenticated the user so the default user you specify should be a low privileged user in the remote producer. If the user has authenticated to the application, the user's identity is asserted rather than the default user.

This argument only applies when the tokenType is: USERNAME_WITHOUT_PASSWORD, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY, WSS10_SAML_TOKEN_ONLY, WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION.

keyStorePath
Optional. Full path to the key store that contains the certificate and the private key that is used for signing some parts of the SOAP message, such as the security token and SOAP message body. The selected file should be a key store created with the Java keytool.
keyStorePswd
Optional. Password to the key store that was set when the key store was created.
sigKeyAlias
Optional. Identifier for the certificate associated with the private key that is used for signing.
sigKeyPswd
Optional. Password for accessing the key identified by the alias that is specified using the sigKeyAlias argument.
encKeyAlias
Optional. Key alias used by the producer to encrypt the return message. A valid value is one of the key aliases that is located in the specified key store. If not specified, the producer uses the signing key for encrypting the return message.
encKeyPswd
Optional. Password for accessing the encryption key.
recptAlias
Optional. Key store alias that is associated with the producer's certificate. This certificate is used to encrypt the outbound message to the producer.

Do not specify a recipient key alias when the tokenType is SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY.

enforcePolicyURI
Optional. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).When set to 1, users must specify one of the following token profiles for the tokenType argument: USERNAME_WITHOUT_PASSWORD, USERNAME_WITH_PASSWORD, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION, SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_INTEGRITY, WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION, WSS10_SAML_TOKEN_ONLY

When set to 0, users can specify any Oracle Web Services Manager (OWSM) policy URI. The user must ensure that the OWSM policy specified is valid.

The default value is 1.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.2.3 Example

This example increases the timeout, for the WSRPSamples producer, to 60 seconds:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setWSRPProducer(appName='webcenter', name='WSRPSamples', timeout=60)

This example updates security properties on a secure WSRP producer:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setWSRPProducer(appName='webcenter', 
name='WSRPSamples2', tokenType='WSS11_SAML_TOKEN_WITH_MSG_PROTECTION', issuer='www.oracle.com',  defUser='anonymous',
keyStorePath='/keys/mykeystore.jks', keyStorePswd='Test1', 
sigKeyAlias='mysigalias', sigKeyPswd='mysigpswd',encKeyAlias='myencalias', 
encKeyPswd='myencpswd', recptAlias='myrcptalias')

This example removes all the security properties set on a secure WSRP producer:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setWSRPProducer(appName='webcenter', 
name='WSRPSamples2', tokenType='')

10.18.3 listWSRPProducers

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.3.1 Description

Lists WSRP producer registration details for a named application.

10.18.3.2 Syntax

listWSRPProducers(appName, [name, verbose, server, [applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Optional. Name of an existing WSRP producer. If omitted, connection details for all WSRP producers configured for this application are listed.
verbose
Optional. Displays WSRP producer connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listWSRPProducers lists all connection properties.

When set to 0, listWSRPProducers lists connection names only. This argument defaults to 1.

If you set this argument to 0, do not specify the names argument.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.3.3 Example

The following example lists all the WSRP producers registered with a Portal Framework application named myApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWSRPProducers(appName='myApp', verbose=0)


----------------------
WSRPSamples-connection
----------------------

The following example lists detailed connection information for a WSRP producer registered as WSRPSamples-connection with a Portal Framework application named myApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWSRPProducers(appName='myApp', name='WSRPSamples-connection', verbose=1)


----------------------
WSRPSamples-connection
----------------------
Connection Name: WSRPSamples-connection
Web Service Connection Name: WSRPSamples-connection-wsconn
Proxy Host: None
Proxy Port: None
Timeout: 0
WSDL URL: http://example.com:7777/portletapp/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL

10.18.4 deregisterWSRPProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.4.1 Description

Deregisters a WSRP producer, and deletes the associated WSRP and web service connections.

10.18.4.2 Syntax

deregisterWSRPProducer(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing WSRP producer.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.4.3 Example

The following example deregisters the WSRPSamples producer in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deregisterWSRPProducer(appName='webcenter', name='WSRPSamples')

10.18.5 listWSRPProducerRegistrationProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.5.1 Description

Lists registration properties supported by a WSRP portlet producer.

10.18.5.2 Syntax

listWSRPProducerRegistrationProperties(appName, url, [proxyHost, proxyPort, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

url
WSRP producer URL. The syntax will vary according to your WSRP implementation, for example:

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/wsrp1?WSDL

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/portlets/?WSDL (WSRP 1.0 for backward compatibility)

Where:

  • host_name is the server where your producer is deployed

  • port_number is the HTTP listener port number

  • context_root is the Web application's context root

  • portlets[/wsrp(1|2)]?WSDL is static text. The text entered here depends on how the producer is deployed.

For example:

http://myhost:7778/MyPortletApp/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL

proxyHost
Optional. Host name or IP address of the proxy server.

A proxy is required when the application and the remote portlet producer are separated by a firewall and an HTTP proxy is needed to communicate with the producer.

proxyPort
Optional. Port number on which the proxy server listens.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.5.3 Example

The following example lists valid registration properties for the WSRP producer with the WSDL URL provided:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWSRPProducerRegistrationProperties
(appName='webcenter', url='http://myhost:9999/portletapp/portlets/wsrp2?WSDL')

Registration Property hint : hint text
Registration Property label : label text
Registration Property language : en
Registration Property name : {urn:xyz:wlp:prop:reg:registration}consumerRole
Registration Property value : None

10.18.6 listWSRPProducerUserCategories

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.6.1 Description

Lists any user categories that a WSRP producer might support. WebCenter Portal users can use the WLST command mapWSRPProducerUserCategory to map application roles to a producer's user category.

10.18.6.2 Syntax

listWSRPProducerUserCategories(appName, name, [server, [pplicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing WSRP producer.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.6.3 Example

The following example displays the categories associated with a WSRP producer named WSRPSamples:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWSRPProducerUserCategories(appName='webcenter', 
name='WSRPSamples')

User Category Name : categoryTwo
User Category Description : Custom role two.
User Category Mapped Local Roles : None


User Category Name : categoryOne
User Category Description : Custom role one.
User Category Mapped Local Roles : None

10.18.7 mapWSRPProducerUserCategory

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.7.1 Description

Maps a role that is defined in the named application to a user category supported by a WSRP producer. The user categories may be found using listWSRPProducerUserCategories.

10.18.7.2 Syntax

mapWSRPProducerUserCategory(appName, name, localRole, producerUserCategory, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing WSRP producer.
localRole
Name of the application role to be mapped.
producerUserCategory
WSRP producer user category to which the WebCenter Portal or Portal Framework application role will be mapped.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.7.3 Example

The following example maps the application role admin to the WSRP user category wrsp-admin:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> mapWSRPProducerUserCategory(appName='webcenter', 
name='WSRPProducer1', localRole='admin', producerUserCategory='wsrp-admin')

10.18.8 registerPDKJavaProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.8.1 Description

Creates a connection to an Oracle PDK-Java portlet producer and registers the Oracle PDK-Java producer with a named application.

10.18.8.2 Syntax

registerPDKJavaProducer(appName, name, url, [serviceId, proxyHost, proxyPort, subscriberId, sharedKey, timeout, establishSession, externalApp, mapUser, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
url
URL for the Oracle PDK-Java producer. Use the following syntax:

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/providers

Where:

  • host_name is the server where the producer is deployed

  • port_number is the HTTP Listener port number

  • context_root is the web application's context root.

  • providers is static text. The text entered here depends on how the producer is deployed.

For example:

http://myHost:7778/myEnterprisePortlets/providers

serviceId
Optional. Service ID of the producer.

PDK-Java enables you to deploy multiple producers under a single adapter servlet. Producers are identified by their unique service ID. A service ID is required only if the service ID is not appended to the URL end point.

For example, the following URL endpoint requires sample as the service ID:

http://domain.example.com:7778/axyz/providers

However, the following URL endpoint, does not require a service ID:

http://domain.example.com:7778/axyz/providers/sample

The service ID is used to look up a file called <service_id>.properties, which defines the characteristics of the producer, such as whether to display its test page. Use any value to create the service ID.

proxyHost
Optional. Host name or IP address of the proxy server.

A proxy is required if the application and the remote portlet producer are separated by a firewall and an HTTP proxy is needed for communication with the producer.

proxyPort
Optional. Port number on which the proxy server listens. This argument defaults to 80.
sharedKey
Optional. Shared key used for message authentication with the remote producer. Message authentication ensures that the incoming messages are sent from a host with a shared key. This argument defaults to null.

The shared key can contain between 10 and 20 alphanumeric characters.

subscriberId
Optional. Consumer's identifier, if required.

When a producer is registered with an application, a call is made to the producer. During the call, the consumer (WebCenter Portal or Portal Framework application in this instance) passes the value for subscriberId to the producer. The producer may be coded to use the subscriber ID.

timeout
Optional. Timeout setting for communications with the producer, in seconds. For example, the maximum time the producer may take to register, deregister, or display portlets on portal pages.

This argument defaults to 30.

Individual portlets may define their own timeout period, which takes precedence over the value expressed here.

establishSession
Optional. Enable a user session when executing portlets from this producer. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). The default for this argument is 0.

When sessions are enabled (1), the server maintains session-specific information, such as the user name. Message authentication uses sessions, so if a shared key is specified, this option should also be enabled. For sessionless communication between the producer and the server, specify 0.

externalApp
Optional. Name of the external application with which to associate the producer. Required if one of this producer's portlets requires authentication.
mapUser
Optional. Flag indicating whether the mapped user name from the external application should be passed to the producer.

Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). This argument defaults to 1.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.8.3 Example

The following example creates and registers an Oracle PDK-Java producer named JPDKSamples in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> registerPDKJavaProducer(appName='webcenter', 
name='JPDKSamples', url='http://myhost:9999/jpdk/providers/sample')

10.18.9 setPDKJavaProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.9.1 Description

Edits registration details for an existing PDK-Java producer.

10.18.9.2 Syntax

setPDKJavaProducer(appName, name, url, [serviceId, proxyHost, proxyPort, subscriberId, sharedKey, timeout, establishSession, externalApp, mapUser, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing PDK-Java producer.
url
URL for the Oracle PDK-Java producer. Use the following syntax:

http://host_name:port_number/context_root/providers

Where:

  • host_name is the server where the producer is deployed

  • port_number is the HTTP Listener port number

  • context_root is the Web application's context root.

  • providers is static text. The text entered here depends on how the producer is deployed.

For example:

http://myHost:7778/myEnterprisePortlets/providers

serviceId
Optional. Service ID of the producer.

PDK-Java enables you to deploy multiple producers under a single adapter servlet. Producers are identified by their unique service ID. A service ID is required only if the service ID is not appended to the URL end point.

For example the following URL endpoint requires sample as the service ID:

http://domain.example.com:7778/axyz/providers

However, the following URL endpoint, does not require a service ID:

http://domain.example.com:7778/axyz/providers/sample

The service ID is used to look up a file called <service_id>.properties, which defines the characteristics of the producer, such as whether to display its test page. Use any value to create the service ID.

proxyHost
Optional. Host name or IP address of the proxy server.

A proxy is required if the application and the remote portlet producer are separated by a firewall and an HTTP proxy is needed for communication with the producer.

proxyPort
Optional. Port number on which the proxy server listens.
subscriberId
Optional. Consumer's identifier, if required.

When a producer is registered with an application, a call is made to the producer. During the call, the consumer (WebCenter Portal or Portal Framework application in this instance) passes the value for Subscriber ID to the producer. If the producer does not see the expected value for Subscriber ID, it might reject the registration call.

sharedKey
Optional. The shared key is used for message authentication with the remote producer. Message authentication ensures that the incoming messages are sent from a host with a shared key. You should enable sessions using the sharedKey argument, as well as the establishSession argument.
timeout
Optional. Timeout setting for communications with the producer, in seconds. For example, the maximum time the producer may take to register, deregister, or display portlets on portal pages.

Individual portlets may define their own timeout period, which takes precedence over the value expressed here.

establishSession
Optional. Enable a user session when executing portlets from this producer. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). You should enable sessions using the establishSession argument, as well as the sharedKey argument.

When sessions are enabled (1), the server maintains session-specific information, such as the user name. Message authentication uses sessions, so if a shared key is specified, this option should also be enabled. For sessionless communication between the producer and the server, set to 0.

externalApp
Optional. Name of the external application associated with this producer.
mapUser
Optional. Flag indicating whether the mapped user name from the external application should be passed to the producer. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.9.3 Example

The following example changes a PDK-Java producer registered with MyApp to use a proxy server:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setPDKJavaProducer(appName='MyApp',name='MyProducer', url='http://myhost.com/jpdk/providers/sample', proxyHost='myproxy.com', proxyPort=80)

10.18.10 deregisterPDKJavaProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.10.1 Description

Deregisters an Oracle PDK-Java producer and deletes the associated connection, for a named application.

10.18.10.2 Syntax

deregisterPDKJavaProducer(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing PDK-Java producer.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.10.3 Example

The following example deregisters the wc-WebClipping producer, and deletes the associated connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deregisterPDKJavaProducer(appName='webcenter', 
name='wc-WebClipping')

Already in Domain Runtime Tree
Producer wc-WebClipping has been deregistered.
Already in Domain Runtime Tree
"wc-WebClipping" successfully deleted
Already in Domain Runtime Tree
"wc-WebClipping-urlconn" successfully deleted

10.18.11 listPDKJavaProducers

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.11.1 Description

Lists details for one or more Oracle PDK-Java producers registered with a named application.

10.18.11.2 Syntax

listPDKJavaProducers(appName, [name, verbose, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Optional. Name of an existing PDK-Java portlet producer. If omitted, connection details for all PDK-Java producers configured for this application are listed.
verbose
Optional. Displays PDK-Java producer connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listPDKJavaProducers lists all connection properties.

When set to 0, listPDKJavaProducers lists connection names only. This argument defaults to 1.

If you set this argument to 0, do not specify the name argument.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.11.3 Example

The following example lists all the connection properties (verbose mode) for the JPDKSamples producer:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listPDKJavaProducers(appName='webcenter', 
name='JPDKSamples', verbose=1)

----------------------
wc-WebClipping
----------------------
Service Id: None
Shared Key: None
External Application Id: None
Subscriber Id: None
URL: http://myhost.com:9999/portalTools/webClipping/providers/webClipping
----------------------
wc-OmniPortlet
----------------------
Service Id: None
Shared Key: None
External Application Id: None
Subscriber Id: None
URL: http://myhost:9999/portalTools/omniPortlet/providers/omniPortlet

10.18.12 registerPageletProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.12.1 Description

Registers a pagelet producer with a named application.

10.18.12.2 Syntax

registerPageletProducer(appName, name, url, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.

The name you specify here appears in Composer under the Mash-ups >Pagelet Producers folder (by default).

url
URL required to access the server where the Pagelet Producer is deployed. Use the syntax:

protocol://host.domain:port_number/pagelets

The URL must include a fully-qualified domain name. For example:

http://myhost.example.com:7778/pagelets

If pagelets carry secure data, the URL registered must use the https protocol. For example:

https://myhost.com:7779/pagelets

Note: In WebCenter Portal, if the Pagelet Producer URL is protected by Oracle Access Manager (OAM), the URL to the pagelet catalog must be excluded (mapped directly without access control), or the catalog will appear to be empty when using REST. The pagelet catalog URL is:

http://proxy_host:proxy_port/api/v2/ensemble/pagelets
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.12.3 Example

The following example registers a pagelet producer with WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> registerPageletProducer(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyPageletProducer', url='http://myhost.com:7001/pagelets')

10.18.13 setPageletProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.13.1 Description

Edits connection details for an existing pagelet producer.

10.18.13.2 Syntax

setPageletProducer(appName, name, [url, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing pagelet producer connection.
url
Optional. URL required to access the server where the Pagelet Producer is deployed. Use the syntax:

protocol://host.domain:port_number/pagelets

The URL must include a fully-qualified domain name. For example:

http://myhost.example.com:7778/pagelets

Note: In WebCenter Portal, if the Pagelet Producer URL is protected by Oracle Access Manager (OAM), the URL to the pagelet catalog must be excluded (mapped directly without access control), or the catalog will appear to be empty when using REST. The pagelet catalog URL is:

http://proxy_host:proxy_port/api/v2/ensemble/pagelets
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.13.3 Example

The following example updates administrator user name and password details for an existing pagelet producer connection named MyPageletProducer:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setPageletProducer(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyPageletProducer', url='http://mypagelethost.com:7778/pagelets')

10.18.14 listPageletProducers

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.14.1 Description

Lists connection details for one or all pagelet producers registered with a named application.

10.18.14.2 Syntax

listPageletProducers(appName, [name, verbose, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Optional. Name of an existing pagelet producer connection. Use this argument to view connection details for a specific pagelet producer.

If omitted, connection details for all pagelet producers configured for this application are listed.

verbose
Optional. Displays pagelet producer connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listPageletProducers lists all connection properties.

When set to 0, listPageletProducers lists connection names only. This argument defaults to 1.

If you set this argument to 0, do not specify the name argument.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.14.3 Example

The following example lists connection names and details for all pagelet producers currently registered for a Portal Framework application named MyWebCenterApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listPageletProducers(appName='MyWebCenterApp', verbose=1)

----------------------
MyPageletProducer
----------------------
URL: http://myhost.com:7001/pagelets
----------------------
TestPageletProducer
----------------------
URL: http://testhost.com:7002/pagelets
----------------------

The following example displays details for a single pagelet producer connection named MyPageletProducer:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listPageletProducers(appName='webcenter', 
name='MyPageletProducer', verbose=1)
----------------------
MyPageletProducer
----------------------
URL: http://myhost.com:7001/pagelets

10.18.15 deregisterPageletProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.15.1 Description

Deregisters a pagelet producer currently registered with a named application.

10.18.15.2 Syntax

deregisterPageletProducer(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing pagelet producer connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.15.3 Example

The following example deregisters a pagelet producer connection named MyPageletProducer currently configured for a Portal Framework application named MyWebCenterApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deregisterPageletProducer(appName='MyWebCenterApp', 
name='MyPageletProducer')

10.18.16 refreshProducer

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.16.1 Description

Refreshes the metadata stored for a named producer to reflect the portlets that are currently offered by that producer.

10.18.16.2 Syntax

refreshProducer(appName, producerName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

producerName
Name of an existing producer.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.16.3 Example

The following example refreshes the WSRPSamples producer inWebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> refreshProducer(appName='webcenter', producerName='WSRPSamples')

Producer WSRPSamples has been refreshed.

10.18.17 listPortletClientConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.17.1 Description

Lists portlet client's configuration for a named application.

10.18.17.2 Syntax

listPortletClientConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.17.3 Examples

The following example lists portlet client configuration for a Portal Framework application named myPortalApp.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listPortletClientConfig(appName='myPortalApp')

-------------------------------------
Portlet Client Configuration Settings
-------------------------------------
Application Striping: 0
Content Cache Enabled: 0
Maximum Content Cache Objects: 2000
Maximum Content Cache Size: 10000000
Default Timeout: 30
Maximum IFrame Querystring Length: 0
Maximum Resource URL Length: 1500
Maximum Timeout: 60
Minimum Timeout: 2
Parallel Pool Size: 20
Parallel Queue Size: 40
Maximum Rendition Cache Objects: 1000
Resource Proxy Path: /resource-proxy
Supported Locales: en, de, fr

10.18.18 setPortletClientConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.18.1 Description

Edits the portlet client's configuration, for a named application. If you omit a parameter, the corresponding configuration setting remains unchanged.

Note:

Configuration changes made using this WLST command are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

10.18.18.2 Syntax

setPortletClientConfig(appName, [applicationStriping, contentCacheEnabled,
contentCacheMaxObjects, contentCacheMaxSize, defaultTimeout,
maximumIframeQueryStringLength, maximumResourceUrlLength, maximumTimeout,
minimumTimeout, parallelPoolSize, parallelQueueSize,
renditionCacheMaxObjects, resourceProxyPath, supportedLocales, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

applicationStriping
Optional. Specifies whether to enable application striping. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

The default value is 0 (false).

contentCacheEnabled
Optional. Specifies whether to enable the portlet client's content cache. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

The default value is 1 (true).

contentCacheMaxObjects
Optional. Maximum number of objects to be stored in the portlet client's content cache.

The default value is 0 (unlimited).

contentCacheMaxSize
Optional. Maximum size of the portlet client's content cache in bytes.

The default value is 0 (unlimited).

defaultTimeout
Optional. Default timeout period in seconds for requests made to producers.

The default value is 10 seconds.

maximumIframeQueryStringLength
Optional. Maximum length of portlet inline frame URLs before URL shortening is applied.

The default value is 0 (always shorten URLs).

maximumResourceUrlLength
Optional. Maximum length of portlet resource URLs.

The default value is 1500.

maximumTimeout
Optional. Maximum timeout period in seconds for requests made to producers.

The default value is 300 seconds.

minimumTimeout
Optional. Minimum timeout period in seconds for requests made to producers.

The default value is 1.

parallelPoolSize
Optional. Number of threads used for parallel execution of tasks.

The default value is 10.

parallelQueueSize
Optional. Number of tasks to allow in queue for parallel execution.

The default value is 20.

renditionCacheMaxObjects
Optional. Maximum number of objects in the cache used by the portlet client to store portlet renditions for use when rendering portlets in inline frames.

The default value is 25.

resourceProxyPath
Optional. The base path of the portlet resource proxy servlet, relative to the context root of the application.

The default value is '/resourceproxy'.

supportedLocales
Optional. Specifies one or more locales supported by the portlet client. The default value is en (English). Separate multiple locales with a comma.

For example: supportedLocales='en,fr,de'

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.18.3 Examples

The following example sets new values for the ContentCacheEnabled, MinimumTimeout, MaximumTimeout, and ParallelQueueSize configuration settings. All other settings remain unchanged:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setPortletClientConfig(appName='myPortalApp',
contentCacheEnabled=0, minimumTimeout=10, maximumTimeout=120,
parallelQueueSize=25)

The following example sets the value of the SupportedLocales configuration setting to English, French, and Spanish. All other settings remain unchanged:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setPortletClientConfig(appName='myPortalApp',
supportedLocales='en, fr, es')

10.18.19 getPortletClientConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.19.1 Description

Returns the value of a specific portlet client configuration setting or values of all settings for a named application.

10.18.19.2 Syntax

getPortletClientConfig(appName, [configSetting, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

configSetting
Optional. Name of the portlet client configuration setting to return. One of the following values:

ApplicationStriping

ContentCacheEnabled

ContentCacheMaxObjects

ContentCacheMaxSize

DefaultTimeout

MaximumIframeQueryStringLength

MaximumResourceUrlLength

MaximumTimeout

MinimumTimeout

ParallelPoolSize

ParallelQueueSize

RenditionCacheMaxObjects

ResourceProxyPath

SupportedLocales

Note: The values are case-sensitive.

Omit this parameter to return the names and values of all settings.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.19.3 Examples

The following example returns the value of the DefaultTimeout configuration setting for a Portal Framework application named myPortalApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> defaultTimeout =
getPortletClientConfig(appName='myPortalApp', configSetting='DefaultTimeout')

The following example returns of the names and values of all portlet client configuration settings for a Portal Framework application named myPortalApp in a dict:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> settingsDict = 
getPortletClientConfig(appName='myPortalApp')

10.18.20 registerOOTBProducers

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.20.1 Description

Registers several out-of-the-box producers with WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application: OmniPortlet, Web Clipping, and WSRP Tools

10.18.20.2 Syntax

registerOOTBProducers(producerHost, producerPort, appName, [server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
producerHost
Host name or IP address of the server hosting out-of-the-box producers.

In a cluster fronted by a load balancer, enter the host name of the load balancer.

producerPort
Port number for the server hosting out-of-the-box producers.

In a cluster, fronted by a load balancer, enter the port number of the load balancer.

appName
Name of the application in which the out-of-the-box producers are to be registered.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.20.3 Example

The following example registers out-of-the-box producers in a Portal Framework application named myApp.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> registerOOTBProducers(producerHost='myhost.com', 
producerPort=9999, appName='myApp')

Registering Out-of-the-Box Producers
Registering producers at http://myhost.com:9999

Registering Omniportlet
Created connection wc-OmniPortlet-urlconn
Created connection wc-OmniPortlet
Producer connection wc-OmniPortlet has been registered.

Registering WebClipping
Created connection wc-WebClipping-urlconn
Created connection wc-WebClipping
Producer connection wc-WebClipping has been registered.

Registering WSRP Tools
Created connection wc-WSRPTools-wsconn
Created connection wc-WSRPTools
Producer connection wc-WSRPTools has been registered.

10.18.21 deregisterOOTBProducers

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.21.1 Description

Deregisters out-of-the-box producers with WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application: OmniPortlet, Web Clipping, and WSRP Tools

10.18.21.2 Syntax

deregisterOOTBProducers(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which the out-of-the-box producers are currently registered.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.21.3 Example

The following example deregisters out-of-the-box producers, and deletes their associated connections, in a Portal Framework applicationan named myApp.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deregisterOOTBProducers(appName='myApp')

Deregistering Out-of-the-Box Producers

Deregistering Omniportlet
Producer wc-OmniPortlet has been deregistered.
wc-OmniPortlet successfully deleted
wc-OmniPortlet-urlconn successfully deleted

Deregistering WebClipping
Producer wc-WebClipping has been deregistered.
wc-WebClipping successfully deleted
wc-WebClipping-urlconn successfully deleted

Deregistering WSRP Tools
Producer wc-WSRPTools has been deregistered.
wc-WSRPTools successfully deleted
wc-WSRPTools-wsconn successfully deleted

10.18.22 registerSampleProducers

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.22.1 Description

Registers the sample producers provided with Oracle WebCenter Portal with a named application. There are two sample producers— WSRP Samples and JPDK Samples.

10.18.22.2 Syntax

registerSampleProducers(producerHost, producerPort, appName, [server, 
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
producerHost
Host name or IP address of the server hosting the sample producers.
producerPort
Port number for the server hosting the sample producers.
appName
Name of the application in which the sample producers are to be registered.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.22.3 Example

The following example registers Oracle WebCenter Portal's sample producers in a Portal Framework application named myApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> registerSampleProducers(producerHost='myhost.com', 
producerPort=9999, appName='myApp')

10.18.23 deregisterSampleProducers

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.18.23.1 Description

Deregisters Oracle WebCenter Portal's sample producers (WSRP Samples and JPDK Samples) from a named application.

10.18.23.2 Syntax

deregisterSampleProducers(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which the sample producers are currently registered.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

If a value is not specified, this argument defaults to webcenter.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.18.23.3 Example

The following example deregisters sample producers from a Portal Framework application named myApp.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> deregisterSampleProducers(appName='myApp') 

10.19 Proxy Server

Use the commands listed in Table 10-28 to manage proxy server settings used by tools and services, in a named application.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-28 RSS WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

getWebCenterProxyConfig

Return the proxy host and proxy port used by the tools and services.

Online

setWebCenterProxyConfig

Specify the proxy host and proxy port used by tools and services.

Online

unsetWebCenterProxyConfig

Delete proxy host and proxy port settings.

Online

getRssProxyConfig

Deprecated.

Online

setRssProxyConfig

Deprecated.

Online

unsetRssProxyConfig

Deprecated.

Online


10.19.1 getWebCenterProxyConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.19.1.1 Description

Returns the proxy host and proxy port used by RSS news feeds and activity streams in a named application. Depending on your network configuration, proxy details may be required to display external RSS news feeds and external links in activity streams in your application.

10.19.1.2 Syntax

getWebCenterProxyConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.19.1.3 Example

The following example returns the proxy host and proxy port used by tools and services in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getWebCenterProxyConfig(appName='webcenter')

10.19.2 setWebCenterProxyConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.19.2.1 Description

Specifies the proxy host and proxy port used by RSS news feeds and activity streams, in a named application. Depending on your network configuration, proxy details may be required to display external RSS news feeds and external links in activity streams in your application.

10.19.2.2 Syntax

setWebCenterProxyConfig(appName, proxyHost, proxyPort, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

proxyHost
Host name of the proxy server.
proxyPort
Port on which the proxy server is running.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.19.2.3 Example

The following example sets the proxy host and proxy port used by tools and services in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setWebCenterProxyConfig(appName='webcenter', 
proxyHost='www-proxy.example.com', proxyPort='80')

10.19.3 unsetWebCenterProxyConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.19.3.1 Description

Deletes the current proxy host and proxy port settings configured for a named application.

10.19.3.2 Syntax

unsetWebCenterProxyConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.19.3.3 Example

The following example deletes the proxy host and proxy port settings configured for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> unsetWebCenterProxyConfig(appName='webcenter')

10.19.4 getRssProxyConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.19.4.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use getWebCenterProxyConfig instead.)

Returns the proxy host and proxy port used by tools and services. Depending on your network configuration, proxy details may be required to display external RSS news feeds and external links in activity streams in your application.

10.19.4.2 Syntax

getRssProxyConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.19.4.3 Example

The following example returns the proxy host and proxy port used by tools and services in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getRssProxyConfig(appName='webcenter')

10.19.5 setRssProxyConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.19.5.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use setWebCenterProxyConfig instead.)

Specifies the proxy host and proxy port used by tools and services, such as RSS news feeds and activity streams. Depending on your network configuration, proxy details may be required to display external RSS news feeds and external links in activity streams in your application.

10.19.5.2 Syntax

setRssProxyConfig(appName, proxyHost, proxyPort, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

proxyHost
Host name of the proxy server.
proxyPort
Port on which the proxy server is running.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.19.5.3 Example

The following example sets the proxy host and proxy port used by tools and services in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setRssProxyConfig(appName='webcenter', 
proxyHost='www-proxy.example.com', proxyPort='80')

10.19.6 unsetRssProxyConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.19.6.1 Description

(Deprecated from 11.1.1.8.0. Use unsetWebCenterProxyConfig instead.)

Deletes the current proxy host and proxy port settings used by tools and services.

10.19.6.2 Syntax

unsetRssProxyConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.19.6.3 Example

The following example deletes the proxy host and proxy port settings used by tools and services in WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> unsetRssProxyConfig(appName='webcenter')

10.20 Search - Oracle SES Search

Use the commands listed in Table 10-29 to manage Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) connections and other Oracle SES search related properties for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-29 Search - Oracle SES WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createSESConnection

Create a connection to an Oracle SES instance for a named application.

Online

setSESConnection

Edit an existing Oracle SES search connection.

Online

listSESConnections

List individual or all Oracle SES search connections that are configured for a named application.

Online

setSearchSESConfig

Configure search settings for an existing Oracle SES search connection.

Online

listSearchSESConfig

List Oracle SES properties for a named application.

Online

createFederationTrustedEntity

Create a federation trusted entity on an Oracle (SES) instance.

Online

setSESVersion

Obtains and stores version information for the Oracle SES instance that is currently configured for a named application.

Online

listSESVersion

Returns version information for the Oracle SES instance configured for a named application.

Online

createDefaultSourceGroup

Creates a source group in Oracle SES instance with default document, discussion, and announcement sources.

Online


10.20.1 createSESConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.1.1 Description

Creates a connection to an Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) instance for a named application.

10.20.1.2 Syntax

createSESConnection(appName, name, url, appUser, appPassword,[default, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
url
Web services URL that Oracle Secure Enterprise Search exposes to enable Search requests.

Use the format:

http://host:port/search/query/OracleSearch
appUser
User name that the application uses to authenticate itself as a trusted application to Oracle Secure Enterprise Search so that it may perform searches on behalf of WebCenter Portal users.

The specified user must be present in both the Oracle Identity Management server configured for the application and the Oracle Identity Management server configured for Oracle SES.

appPassword
Password for the user name specified.
default
Optional. Configures search to actively use the search connection. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

Setting to 1 replaces any other search connection that is being used.

Setting to 0 does not change the current search configuration.

This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.1.3 Example

The following example creates a new search connection that points to the Oracle SES instance http://myhost.com:7777/search/query/OracleSearch and makes this connection the active SES search connection for a Portal Framework application named myApp.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createSESConnection(appName='myApp', name='SESConn1', 
url='http://myhost.com:7777/search/query/OracleSearch', appUser='wpadmin', 
appPassword='password', default=1)

10.20.2 setSESConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.2.1 Description

Edits an existing Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) search connection for a named application.

10.20.2.2 Syntax

setSESConnection(appName, name, [url, appUser, appPassword, default, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing search connection.
url
Optional. Web services URL that Oracle Secure Enterprise Search exposes to enable Search requests.

Use the format:

http://host:port/search/query/OracleSearch
appUser
Optional. User name that the application uses to log in to Oracle Secure Enterprise Search so that it may perform searches on behalf of portal users.
appPassword
Optional. Password that the application uses to log in to Oracle Secure Enterprise Search so that it may perform searches on behalf of portal users.
default
Optional. Configures search to actively use the search connection. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

Setting to 1 replaces any other search connection that is being used.

Setting to 0 does not change the current search configuration.

This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.2.3 Example

The following example modifies the URL of a search connection named SESConn1 and makes the connection the active Oracle SES search connection for a Portal Framework application named myApp.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> etSESConnection(appName='myApp', name='SESConn1', 
url='http://myhost.com:7777/search/query/OracleSearch', appUser='wpadmin', 
appPassword='password', default=1)

10.20.3 listSESConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.3.1 Description

Lists the names of all Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) search connections configured for a named application.

10.20.3.2 Syntax

listSESConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays search connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listSESConnections lists all of the SES search connections that are configured for an application, along with their details.

When set to 0, listSESConnections lists connection names only.

This argument defaults to 0.

If you set this argument to 0, do not specify the name argument.

name
Optional. Name of an existing search connection. You can use this argument to view details about a specific connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.3.3 Examples

The following example displays connection details for all Oracle SES search connections configured for a Portal Framework application named myApp.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listSESConnections(appName='myApp', verbose=1)

The following example displays connection details for an Oracle SES search connection named SESConn1.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listSESConnections(appName='myApp', verbose=1, name='SESConn1')

10.20.4 setSearchSESConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.4.1 Description

Configures search settings for an existing Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) search connection. If a parameter is not specified it is not modified.

10.20.4.2 Syntax

setSearchSESConfig(appName,[connectionName, dataGroup, topNRows, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

connectionName
Optional. Names the connection used for search.
dataGroup
Optional. Names the Secure Enterprise Search data group in which to search. If a value is not provided, everything in the Oracle Secure Enterprise Search instance will be searched.
topNRows
Optional. Number of top N rows of search results for gathering refinement data.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.4.3 Example

The following example specifies that search must use the SES search connection named SESConn1, and to search the data group named group2:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setSearchSESConfig(appName='webcenter',connectionName='SESConn1', dataGroup='group2', topNRows=200);

The following example changes the maximum number of results that search returns. No connection name is specified in this example, so this configuration change is applied to the current default (or active) search connection:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setSearchSESConfig(appName='webcenter', topNRows=500);
Already in Domain Runtime Tree
Restart is needed for the service connection changes to take effect.

10.20.5 listSearchSESConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.5.1 Description

Lists Oracle SES search settings for a named application.

10.20.5.2 Syntax

listSearchSESConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.5.3 Example

The following example displays Oracle SES search configuration information for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listSearchSESConfig(appName='webcenter')
Already in Domain Runtime Tree
-----------------
Search SES Config
-----------------
connectionName:  SESConn1
dataGroup:  group2
topNRows:  200

10.20.6 createFederationTrustedEntity

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.6.1 Description

Creates a federation trusted entity on an Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) instance for a given entity name and password.

10.20.6.2 Syntax

createFederationTrustedEntity(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, entityName, entityPassword, desc,  [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl
Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API.

Use the format:

http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword
Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
entityName
Entity name.
entityPassword
Entity password.
desc
Short description of the entity.

Alternatively, specify an empty string ''.

sesSchema
Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. The default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.6.3 Example

The following example creates a federation trusted entity named myEntity on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777/search/query/OracleSearch:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>
createFederationTrustedEntity(appName='webcenter', 
sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', 
sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', entityName='myEntity', 
entityPassword='password', desc='This is a my sample entity')

10.20.7 setSESVersion

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.7.1 Description

Obtains version information for the Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) instance that is configured for a named application, and stores the version for use by search queries later on.

Version information is used when the Oracle SES connection is set as the default connection for search queries.

10.20.7.2 Syntax

setSESVersion(appName, sesUrl, sesSchema, sesPassword, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl
Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API.

Use the format:

http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesSchema
Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. For example, searchsys.
sesPassword
Password for the Oracle SES administrative user.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.7.3 Example

The following example obtains version information for the Oracle SES instance http://myhost.com:7777/search/query/OracleSearch and makes this information available to a Portal Framework application named MyApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setSESVersion(appName='myApp', sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='searchsys', sesPassword='password')

10.20.8 listSESVersion

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.8.1 Description

Returns the version number of the Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) instance that is being used by a named application.

10.20.8.2 Syntax

listSESVersion(appName, sesUrl, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl
Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API.

Use the format:

http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesUrl
Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API.

Use the format:

http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesSchema
Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. For example, searchsys.
sesPassword
Password for the Oracle SES administrative user.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.8.3 Example

The following example returns version information for the Oracle SES instance http://myhost.com:7777/search/query/OracleSearch and confirms that the version information is saved in the Portal Framework application named MyApp:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listSESVersion(appName='myApp', sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService')

----------------- 
SES Version Config
-----------------
url:  http://myhost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService
version:  11.1.2.2.0 

10.20.9 createDefaultSourceGroup

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.20.9.1 Description

Creates a source group in an Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) instance with a default name, for a given host, port and application name, as well as the shared documents and discussions/announcement sources.

10.20.9.2 Syntax

createDefaultSourceGroup(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, defaultHost, defaultPort, [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl
Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API.

Use the format:

http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword
Password for the Oracle SES administrative user.
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
defaulthost Host name of the machine where the default sources are configured.
defaultport Port number used where the default sources are configured.
sesSchema
Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.20.9.3 Example

The following example creates a default source group in the Oracle SES instance http://myhost.com:7777/search/query/OracleSearch for the Portal Framework application named myApp at: http://webhost:8888/webcenter

The default source group also includes documents and discussions sources at: http://mydefaultHost:8989

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>createDefaultSourceGroup(appName='myApp', sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService',
sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='webhost', port='8888', defaultHost='mydefaultHost', defaultPort='8989')

10.21 Search - Oracle SES Search Crawlers

Use the commands listed in Table 10-30 to manage Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) crawlers for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

There is no need to restart your application after running Oracle SES crawler WLST commands.

Table 10-30 Search - Oracle SES Crawler WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createSpacesCrawler

Create a crawler forWebCenter Portal objects on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

createDocumentsCrawler

Create a documents crawler for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

createDiscussionsCrawler

Create a discussions crawlers and an announcement crawler for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

listSpacesCrawler

Return the Spaces crawler configured for WebCenter Portal, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

listDocumentsCrawler

Return the documents crawler configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

listDiscussionsCrawler

Return the discussion and announcement crawlers configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

startSpacesCrawler

Start the Spaces crawler configured for WebCenter Portal, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

startDocumentsCrawler

Start the documents crawler configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

startDiscussionsCrawler

Start the discussion and announcement crawlers configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

stopSpacesCrawler

Stop the Spaces crawler configured for WebCenter Portal, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

stopDocumentsCrawler

Stop the documents crawler configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

stopDiscussionsCrawler

Stop discussion and announcement crawlers configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

deleteSpacesCrawler

Delete the Spaces crawler configured for WebCenter Portal, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

deleteDocumentsCrawler

Delete the documents crawler configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online

deleteDiscussionsCrawler

Delete discussion and announcement crawlers configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

Online


10.21.1 createSpacesCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.1.1 Description

Creates a crawler for WebCenter Portal objects on an Oracle SES instance. The command creates a WebCenter Portal datasource and specifies a schedule for crawling WebCenter Portal objects (such as portals, lists, pages, and people).

10.21.1.2 Syntax

createSpacesCrawler(appName,  host, port, sesUrl, sesPassword, crawlUser,
crawlPassword, scratchDir, authUserIdFormat, crawlingMode, recrawlPolicy,
freqType, startHour, hoursBetweenLaunches, startDayOfWeek, startDayOfMonth,
daysBetweenLaunches, weeksBetweenLaunches, monthsBetweenLaunches, [server,
applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

host Host name of the machine where WebCenter Portal is running.
port Port number used to access WebCenter Portal.
sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
crawlUser Crawl administration user in WebCenter Portal.

This user must exist in WebCenter Portal and in your back-end identity management server with appropriate permissions and roles. For example: mycrawladmin)

crawlPassword Password for the WebCenter Portal user that is specified in the crawlUser argument.
scratchDir Local directory where Oracle SES can write temporary status logs. The directory must be on the system where Oracle SES is installed.
authUserIdFormat Format of the user ID in the active identity plug-in. For example, username, email, nickname, user_name.
crawlingMode Mode for crawling URLs in the source. The default mode is ACCEPT_ALL. Valid values are: ACCEPT_ALL, INDEX_ONLY, EXAMINE_URL:

ACCEPT_ALL—Automatically Accept All URLs for Indexing: Crawls and indexes all URLs in the source. It also extracts and indexes any links found in those URLs. Previously crawled URLs are only reindexed if they have changed.

EXAMINE_URL—Examine URLs Before Indexing: Crawls but does not index any URLs in the source. It also crawls any links found in those URLs.

INDEX_ONLY—Index Only: Crawls and indexes all URLs in the source. It does not extract any links found in those URLs. Select this option for a source previously crawled using EXAMINE_URL.

recrawlPolicy Specifies whether to crawl all documents or only documents that have changed. Valid values are PROCESS_ALL and PROCESS_CHANGED:

PROCESS_ALL—All documents are crawled. Use this option to force a full crawl.

PROCESS_CHANGED—Only crawl documents that have changed since the previous crawl. This setting can significantly speed up the crawling process.

freqType Frequency of scheduled crawls. Valid values are: MANUAL, MONTHLY, WEEKLY, DAILY, HOURLY.

To schedule crawls MONTHLY, WEEKLY, DAILY, or HOURLY, specify additional arguments as follows:

MONTHLY: startHour, startDayOfTheMonth, monthsBetweenLaunches

WEEKLY: startHour, startDayOfTheWeek, weeksBetweenLaunches

DAILY: startHour, daysBetweenLaunches

HOURLY: hoursBetweenLaunches

If regular crawls are not required, choose MANUAL and then use the startSpacesCrawler command to initiate a crawl manually.

startHour Time to start the crawl. Any number between 1 and 24.

For example, enter 2 for 2:00am, 14 for 2:00pm, and so on.

hoursBetweenLaunches Number of hours between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='HOURLY'.

startDayOfWeek Day on which to start a weekly crawl. For example, MONDAY, TUESDAY, and so on.

Only valid when freqType='WEEKLY'.

startDayOfMonth Day of the month on which to start a monthly crawl. For example, enter 1 for 1st day of the month, 2 for 2nd day of the month, and so on.

Only valid when freqType='MONTHLY'.

daysBetweenLaunches Number of days between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='DAILY'.

weeksBetweenLaunches Number of weeks between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='WEEKLY'.

monthsBetweenLaunches Number of months between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='MONTHLY'.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.1.3 Example

The following example creates a Spaces crawler on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal (webcenter) located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

createSpacesCrawler(appName='webcenter', host='myhost.com', port='8888',
sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService',
sesPassword='sespassword', crawlUser='mycrawladmin', crawlPassword='password',
scratchDir'/tmp', authUserIdFormat='username', crawlingMode='ACCEPT_ALL',
recrawlPolicy= 'PROCESS_ALL', freqType='MANUAL', startHour=1,
hoursBetweenLaunches=1, startDayOfWeek='MONDAY', startDayOfMonth=1, daysBetweenLaunches =1, weeksBetweenLaunches=1, monthsBetweenLaunches=1)

10.21.2 createDocumentsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.2.1 Description

Creates a documents crawler for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

The command creates an Oracle WebCenter Content repository datasource and specifies a schedule for crawling documents in the Oracle WebCenter Content repository.

10.21.2.2 Syntax

createDocumentsCrawler(appName,  host, port, sesUrl, sesPassword, configUrl,
user, password, scratchDir, httpEndpoint, displayUrl, realm, authUserIdFormat,
pipelineName, crawlingMode, recrawlPolicy, freqType, startHour,
hoursBetweenLaunches, startDayOfWeek, startDayOfMonth,
daysBetweenLaunches, weeksBetweenLaunches, monthsBetweenLaunches,
[server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
configUrl URL of the XML configuration file providing details of the source, such as the data feed type, location, security attributes, and so on.Use the URL format:
http://host:port/cs/idcplg?IdcService=SES_CRAWLER_DOWNLOAD_CONFIG&source=sourcename
user Administrative user for Oracle WebCenter Content's Content Server. For example, sysadmin.

If the authentication type is Oracle SSO, then enter a user ID (and password) of a user in the identity management server fronted by Oracle SSO. This user must be granted the same permissions as sysadmin. If it is not possible to grant those permissions, then delete the "remote" user corresponding to this user in Content Server, and create a "local" version of the user (same name) in Content Server.

password Password for the administrative user specified.
scratchDir Local directory where Oracle SES can write temporary status logs. The directory must be on the system where Oracle SES is installed.
httpEndpoint HTTP endpoint for Content Server authorization. For example:
http://host:port/idc/idcplg
displayUrl HTTP host information string to prefix the relative access URL to form the complete display URL. For example:
http://host:port/idc
realm Realm of the application serving the control and data feed. This parameter is relevant when the feeds are accessed over HTTP and is mandatory when the authentication type is BASIC.

For example, jazn.com

authUserIdFormat Format of the user ID (in active identity plug-in) that is used by Content Server authorization API. For example, username, email, nickname, user_name.
pipelineName Document service pipeline created for this source in Oracle SES.
crawlingMode Mode for crawling URLs in the source. The default mode is ACCEPT_ALL. Valid values are: ACCEPT_ALL, INDEX_ONLY, EXAMINE_URL:

ACCEPT_ALL—Automatically Accept All URLs for Indexing: Crawls and indexes all URLs in the source. It also extracts and indexes any links found in those URLs. Previously crawled URLs are only reindexed if they have changed.

EXAMINE_URL—Examine URLs Before Indexing: Crawls but does not index any URLs in the source. It also crawls any links found in those URLs.

INDEX_ONLY—Index Only: Crawls and indexes all URLs in the source. It does not extract any links found in those URLs. Select this option for a source previously crawled using EXAMINE_URL

recrawlPolicy Specifies whether to crawl all documents or only documents that have changed. Valid values are PROCESS_ALL and PROCESS_CHANGED:

PROCESS_ALL—All documents are crawled. Use this option to force a full crawl.

PROCESS_CHANGED—Only crawl documents that have changed since the previous crawl. This setting can significantly speed up the crawling process.

freqType Frequency of scheduled crawls. Valid values are: MANUAL, MONTHLY, WEEKLY, DAILY, HOURLY.

To schedule crawls MONTHLY, WEEKLY, DAILY, or HOURLY, specify additional arguments as follows:

MONTHLY: startHour, startDayOfTheMonth, monthsBetweenLaunches

WEEKLY: startHour, startDayOfTheWeek, weeksBetweenLaunches

DAILY: startHour, daysBetweenLaunches

HOURLY: hoursBetweenLaunches

If regular crawls are not required, choose MANUAL and then use the startDocumentsCrawler command to initiate a crawl manually.

startHour Time to start the crawl. Any number between 1 and 24.

For example, enter 2 for 2:00am, 14 for 2:00pm, and so on.

hoursBetweenLaunches Number of hours between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='HOURLY'.

startDayOfWeek Day on which to start a weekly crawl. For example, MONDAY, TUESDAY, and so on.

Only valid when freqType='WEEKLY'.

startDayOfMonth Day of the month on which to start a monthly crawl. For example, enter 1 for 1st day of the month, 2 for 2nd day of the month, and so on.

Only valid when freqType='MONTHLY'.

daysBetweenLaunches Number of days between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='DAILY'.

weeksBetweenLaunches Number of weeks between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='WEEKLY'.

monthsBetweenLaunches Number of months between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='MONTHLY'.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.2.3 Example

The following example creates a documents crawler on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal (webcenter) located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

createDocumentsCrawler(appName='webcenter', host='myhost.com', port='8888',
sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService',
sesPaswword='password',
configUrl='http://myucmhost.com:9044/cs/idcplg?IdcService=SES_CRAWLER_DOWNLOAD_ CONFIG&source=mysource',
user='adminuser', password='password', scratchDir='/scratch',
httpEndpoint='http://myucmhost.com:9044/cs/idcplg', 
displayUrl='http://myucmhost:9044/cs', realm='jazn.com', authUserIdFormat='username',
pipelineName='My UCM Pipeline', crawlingMode='ACCEPT_ALL', 
recrawlPolicy='PROCESS_ALL', freqType='MANUAL', startHour=1,
hoursBetweenLaunches=1, startDayOfWeek='MONDAY', startDayOfMonth=1, 
daysBetweenLaunches=1, weeksBetweenLaunches=1, monthsBetweenLaunches=1)

10.21.3 createDiscussionsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.3.1 Description

Creates a discussion forum crawler and an announcements crawler for a named application, on an Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) instance.

The command creates two Oracle SES database sources (one for discussion forums and one for announcements) and specifies a crawl schedule. The discussion forums source is named <appname_host_port>_forums with a view of FORUMCRAWLER_VW, and the announcements source is named <appname_host_port>_announcements with a view of ANNOUNCEMENTS_VW.

10.21.3.2 Syntax

createDiscussionsCrawler(appName,  host, port, sesUrl, sesPassword,
dbConnString, user, password, authUserIdFormat, crawlingMode,
recrawlPolicy, freqType, startHour, hoursBetweenLaunches, startDayOfWeek,
startDayOfMonth, daysBetweenLaunches, weeksBetweenLaunches,
monthsBetweenLaunches, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
dbConnString Connection URL for the database on which the discussions server is installed. Use the format:

Oracle: jdbc:oracle:thin:@<host>:<port>/<oracle-sid>

IBM DB2: jdbc:db2://<host>:<port>/<database_name>

Microsoft SQL Server: jdbc:sqlserver://<host_or_IP_address>:<port>/<database_name>

user Administrative user for the database on which the discussions server is installed.

Oracle: The user MyPrefix_DISCUSSIONS_CRAWLER is created during installation.

IBM DB2: The user MyPrefix_DC is created during installation (where MyPrefix is five characters)

Microsoft SQL Server: The user MyPrefix_DISCUSSIONS_CRAWLER is created during installation.

password Password for the administrative discussions server user specified.
authUserIdFormat Format of the user ID (in active identity plug-in), that is used by the discussions server authorization API. For example, username, email, nickname, user_name.
crawlingMode Mode for crawling URLs in the source. The default mode is ACCEPT_ALL. Valid values are: ACCEPT_ALL, INDEX_ONLY, EXAMINE_URL:

ACCEPT_ALL—Automatically Accept All URLs for Indexing: Crawls and indexes all URLs in the source. It also extracts and indexes any links found in those URLs. Previously crawled URLs are only reindexed if they have changed.

EXAMINE_URL—Examine URLs Before Indexing: Crawls but does not index any URLs in the source. It also crawls any links found in those URLs.

INDEX_ONLY—Index Only: Crawls and indexes all URLs in the source. It does not extract any links found in those URLs. Select this option for a source previously crawled using EXAMINE_URL.

recrawlPolicy Specifies whether to crawl all documents or only documents that have changed. Valid values are PROCESS_ALL and PROCESS_CHANGED:

PROCESS_ALL—All documents are crawled. Use this option to force a full crawl.

PROCESS_CHANGED—Only crawl documents that have changed since the previous crawl. This setting can significantly speed up the crawling process.

freqType Frequency of scheduled crawls. Valid values are: MANUAL, MONTHLY, WEEKLY, DAILY, HOURLY.

To schedule crawls MONTHLY, WEEKLY, DAILY, or HOURLY, specify additional arguments as follows:

MONTHLY: startHour, startDayOfTheMonth, monthsBetweenLaunches

WEEKLY: startHour, startDayOfTheWeek, weeksBetweenLaunches

DAILY: startHour, daysBetweenLaunches

HOURLY: hoursBetweenLaunches

If regular crawls are not required, choose MANUAL and then use the startDiscussionsCrawler command to initiate a crawl manually.

startHour Time to start the crawl. Any number between 1 and 24.

For example, enter 2 for 2:00am, 14 for 2:00pm, and so on.

hoursBetweenLaunches Number of hours between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='HOURLY'.

startDayOfWeek Day on which to start a weekly crawl. For example, MONDAY, TUESDAY, and so on.

Only valid when freqType='WEEKLY'.

startDayOfMonth Day of the month on which to start a monthly crawl. For example, enter 1 for 1st day of the month, 2 for 2nd day of the month, and so on.

Only valid when freqType='MONTHLY'.

daysBetweenLaunches Number of days between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='DAILY'.

weeksBetweenLaunches Number of weeks between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='WEEKLY'.

monthsBetweenLaunches Number of months between crawls.

Only valid when freqType='MONTHLY'.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.3.3 Example

The following example creates a discussion forum crawler and an announcements crawler on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal (webcenter) located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

createDiscussionsCrawler(appName='webcenter', host='myhost.com', port='8888',
sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService',
sesPaswword='password', dbConnString='jdbc:oracle:thin:@myjivedbhost.com:1521/mysid', 
user='app_discussions_crawler', password='password',
 authUserIdFormat='nickname', crawlingMode='ACCEPT_ALL', 
recrawlPolicy='PROCESS_ALL', freqType='MANUAL', startHour=1,
 hoursBetweenLaunches=1,startDayOfWeek='MONDAY', 
startDayOfMonth=1, daysBetweenLaunches=1,
weeksBetweenLaunches=1, monthsBetweenLaunches=1)

10.21.4 listSpacesCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.4.1 Description

Returns the Spaces crawler configured on an Oracle SES instance for WebCenter Portal.

10.21.4.2 Syntax

listSpacesCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, verbose,
server, applicationVersion]
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where WebCenter Portal is running.
port Port number used to access WebCenter Portal.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
verbose Optional. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listSpacesCrawler returns the Spaces crawler configured for WebCenter Portal in Oracle SES, along with details.

When set to 0, only source names are listed. This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.4.3 Example

The following example returns the Spaces crawler configured in the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

listSpacesCrawler(appName='webcenter', sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword'password', host='myhost.com', port='8888')

Already in Domain Runtime Tree 
----------------- 
Spaces Crawlers 
----------------- 
webcenter_myhost.com_8888_portal

10.21.5 listDocumentsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.5.1 Description

Returns the document crawler configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.5.2 Syntax

listDocumentsCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, verbose, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
verbose Optional. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listDocumentsCrawler returns the documents crawler that is configured for the application in Oracle SES, along with details.

When set to 0, only source names are listed. This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.5.3 Example

The following example returns the documents crawler configured in the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal (webcenter) located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

listDocumentsCrawler(appName='webcenter', sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword'password', host='myhost.com', port='8888')

Already in Domain Runtime Tree 
----------------- 
Documents Crawlers 
----------------- 
webcenter_myhost.com_8888_documents 

10.21.6 listDiscussionsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.6.1 Description

Returns the discussion and announcement crawlers configured for a named application on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.6.2 Syntax

listDiscussionsCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, verbose,  server, applicationVersion]
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
verbose Optional. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false). When set to 1, listDiscussionsCrawler returns discussion and announcement crawlers that are configured in Oracle SES for an application, along with details. When set to 0, only source names are listed. This argument defaults to 0.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.6.3 Example

The following example returns discussion and announcement crawlers configured in the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

listDiscussionsCrawler(appName='webcenter', sesUrl='http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888')

Already in Domain Runtime Tree
-----------------
Discussions Crawler
-----------------
webcenter_myhost.com_8888_forums
webcenter_myhost.com_8888_announcements

10.21.7 startSpacesCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.7.1 Description

Starts the Spaces crawler configured for WebCenter Portal, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.7.2 Syntax

startSpacesCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where WebCenter Portal is running.
port Port number used to access WebCenter Portal.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.21.7.3 Example

The following example starts the Spaces crawler configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal (webcenter) located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

startSpacesCrawler(appName='webcenter',
sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888') 

10.21.8 startDocumentsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.8.1 Description

Starts the documents crawler configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.8.2 Syntax

startDocumentsCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion]
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.8.3 Example

The following example starts the document crawler configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal (webcenter) located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

startDocumentsCrawler(appName='webcenter',
sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888') 

10.21.9 startDiscussionsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.9.1 Description

Starts the discussion and announcement crawlers configured for a named application, on an Oracle Secure Enterprise Search (SES) instance.

10.21.9.2 Syntax

startDiscussionsCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.9.3 Example

The following example starts the discussion and announcement crawlers configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal (webcenter) located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

startDiscussionsCrawler(appName='webcenter',
sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888') 

10.21.10 stopSpacesCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.10.1 Description

Stops the Spaces crawler configured for WebCenter Portal, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.10.2 Syntax

stopSpacesCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where WebCenter Portal is running.
port Port number used to access WebCenter Portal.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.21.10.3 Example

The following example stops the Spaces crawler configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

stopSpacesCrawler(appName='webcenter',sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888') 

10.21.11 stopDocumentsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.11.1 Description

Stops the documents crawler configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.11.2 Syntax

stopDocumentsCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.11.3 Example

The following example stops the document crawler configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

stopDocumentsCrawler(appName='webcenter',sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888') 

10.21.12 stopDiscussionsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.12.1 Description

Stops the discussion and announcement crawlers configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.12.2 Syntax

stopDiscussionsCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.12.3 Example

The following example stops the discussion and announcement crawlers configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

stopDiscussionsCrawler(appName='webcenter',sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888') 

10.21.13 deleteSpacesCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.13.1 Description

Deletes the Spaces crawler configured for WebCenter Portal, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.13.2 Syntax

deleteSpacesCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port,[sesSchema, server,applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where WebCenter Portal is running.
port Port number used to access WebCenter Portal.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.13.3 Example

The following example deletes the Spaces crawler configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal named webcenter located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

deleteSpacesCrawler(appName='webcenter',sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService',  sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888') 

10.21.14 deleteDocumentsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.14.1 Description

Deletes the documents crawler configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.14.2 Syntax

deleteDocumentsCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port, [sesSchema, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.14.3 Example

The following example deletes the document crawler configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

deleteDocumentsCrawler(appName='webcenter',sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888') 

10.21.15 deleteDiscussionsCrawler

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.21.15.1 Description

Deletes the discussion and announcement crawlers configured for a named application, on an Oracle SES instance.

10.21.15.2 Syntax

deleteDiscussionsCrawler(appName, sesUrl, sesPassword, host, port,  [server],
[applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

sesUrl Web service URL for the Oracle SES Administration API. Use the format:
http://host:port/search/api/admin/AdminService
sesPassword Password for the Oracle SES administrative user (eqsys).
host Host name of the machine where the application is running.
port Port number used to access the application.
sesSchema Optional. Username for the Oracle SES administrative user. Default value is eqsys.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.21.15.3 Example

The following example deletes the discussion and announcement crawlers configured on the Oracle SES instance http://myseshost.com:7777 for WebCenter Portal located at http://myhost.com:8888/webcenter/portal:

deleteDiscussionsCrawler(appName='webcenter',sesUrl'http://myseshost.com:7777/search/api/admin/AdminService', sesSchema='eqsys', sesPassword='password', host='myhost.com', port='8888')

10.22 Search - WebCenter Portal Search

Use the commands listed in Table 10-31 to manage search settings and crawl options for WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are effective immediately; no restart is required.

Table 10-31 WebCenter Portal Search WLST Commands

Use This Command... To... Use with WLST...

setSearchConfig

Modify search settings for a named application.

Online

listSearchConfig

List search properties for a named application.

Online

setSpacesCrawlProperties

Specify crawl properties for a named application.

Online

getSpacesCrawlProperties

Return the current crawl settings for a named application.

Online


10.22.1 setSearchConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.22.1.1 Description

Modifies search settings for a named application. If a parameter is not specified, it is not modified.

10.22.1.2 Syntax

setSearchConfig(appName,[numSavedSearches, numResultsRegion, numResultsMain, executionTimeout, prepareTimeout, showAllExecutionTimeout, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

numSavedSearches
Optional. The number of saved searches to display in the Saved Searches drop down (on main search page).
numResultsRegion
Optional. The number of saved searches displayed in a Saved Search task flow.
numResultsMain
Optional. The number of search results displayed, per tool or service, for searches submitted from the main search page.
executionTimeout
Optional. The maximum time that a tool or service is allowed to execute a search (in ms). The value for this argument must be a valid number.
prepareTimeout
Optional. The maximum time that a tool or service is allowed to initialize a search (in ms). The value for this argument must be a valid number.
showAllExecutionTimeout
Optional. The maximum time that a tool or service is allowed to display search all results (in ms). The value for this argument must be a valid number.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.22.1.3 Examples

The following example specifies that saved searches display five search results per tool or service. Additionally, that a seven second search execution timeout is required:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setSearchConfig(appName='webcenter', 
numResultsRegion=5, executionTimeout=7000);

The following example increases the number of saved searches in the Saved Searches drop down list to eight:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setSearchConfig(appName='webcenter', numSavedSearches=8);

The following example sets the search execution timeout to five seconds and allows each tool or service fifteen seconds to display search results before timing out:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setSearchConfig(appName='webcenter', executionTimeout=5000, showAllExecutionTimeout=15000);

10.22.2 listSearchConfig

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.22.2.1 Description

Lists search settings for a named application.

10.22.2.2 Syntax

listSearchConfig(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.22.2.3 Example

The following example displays search configuration information for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listSearchConfig(appName='webcenter')

10.22.3 setSpacesCrawlProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.22.3.1 Description

Specifies Oracle SES crawl properties for WebCenter Portal or Portal Framework applications.

WebCenter Portal and Portal Framework applications can be crawled by Oracle SES to provide a faster, more unified search experience across WebCenter Portal objects, specifically: portals, lists, pages, people (profiles), wikis, blogs, documents, discussions, and announcements. Three distinct crawlers make this possible:

  • Spaces Crawler (for portals, lists, pages, and people)

  • Documents Crawler (for documents, wikis, blogs)

  • Discussions Crawler (for discussions and announcements).

Use this command to enable or disable Oracle SES crawlers in the following applications:

  • WebCenter Portal—To use Oracle SES crawlers in WebCenter Portal, you must enable all three crawlers.

  • Portal Framework applications—To use Oracle SES crawlers in Portal Framework applications, you must enable both the documents and discussions crawlers. The Spaces crawler is not applicable.

(WebCenter Portal only) You can also use this command to specify an interval between full crawls for the Spaces crawler. During a full crawl, all of the Spaces crawler content is re-read. Out-of-the-box, full crawls for the Spaces crawler occur every seven days but you can specify a different frequency to suit your installation.

Note that incremental crawls, for all three crawlers, are initiated by a scheduler running from Oracle SES. During these incremental crawls, only content added or updated since the previous crawl is processed.

10.22.3.2 Syntax

setSpacesCrawlProperties(appName, [fullCrawlIntervalInHours, spacesCrawlEnabled, documentCrawlEnabled, discussionsCrawlEnabled, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

fullCrawlIntervalInHours
Optional. (WebCenter Portal only) Number of hours between full crawls. The default is 168 hours or 7 days.
spacesCrawlEnabled
Optional. Specifies whether the Spaces crawler is enabled in Oracle SES. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). This argument defaults to 0.

When set to 0, Oracle WebCenter Portal's internal search adapters return search results.

documentCrawlEnabled
Optional. Specifies whether the Documents crawler is enabled in Oracle SES. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). This argument defaults to 0.

When set to 0, Oracle WebCenter Portal's internal search adapters return search results.

discussionsCrawlEnabled
Optional. Specifies whether the Discussions and Announcement crawlers are enabled in Oracle SES. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false). This argument defaults to 0.

When set to 0, Oracle WebCenter Portal's internal search adapters return search results.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.22.3.3 Example

The following example enables Oracle SES crawlers in WebCenter Portal and specifies that WebCenter Portal runs a full crawl through the Spaces crawler every 8 days:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setSpacesCrawlProperties(appName='webcenter', fullCrawlIntervalInHours=192, spacesCrawlEnabled=1, documentCrawlEnabled=1, discussionsCrawlEnabled=1)

10.22.4 getSpacesCrawlProperties

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.22.4.1 Description

Returns the current crawl settings for a named application, such as the number of hours between full crawls (Spaces crawler), and whether Oracle SES crawlers are enabled.

10.22.4.2 Syntax

getSpacesCrawlProperties(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.22.4.3 Example

The following example returns the current crawl settings for WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>getSpacesCrawlProperties(appName='webcenter')

Spaces Crawl Properties:
-----------------
fullCrawlIntervalInHours: 124
spacesCrawlEnabled:       1
documentCrawlEnabled:     1
discussionsCrawlEnabled:  1

10.23 Worklists

Use the commands listed in Table 10-32 to manage BPEL server connections for applications.

Configuration changes made using these WLST commands are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which the application is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

Table 10-32 Worklist Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

createBPELConnection

Create a connection to a BPEL server for a named application.

Online

setBPELConnection

Edit an existing BPEL server connection.

Online

listBPELConnections

List all of the BPEL server connections that are configured for a named application.

Online

addWorklistConnection

Enable an existing BPEL server connection for worklists.

Online

removeWorklistConnection

Disable a BPEL server connection currently used by worklists.

Online

listWorklistConnections

List individual or all BPEL server connections configured for worklists.

Online


10.23.1 createBPELConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.23.1.1 Description

Creates a connection to a BPEL server for a named application. BPEL server connections can be used by worklists and also by WebCenter Portal's internal portal workflows.

To configure worklists to actively use a new BPEL server connection, use the addWorklistConnection command. See Section 10.23.4, "addWorklistConnection".

To specify the BPEL server connection that WebCenter Portal uses for its internal workflows, use the setSpacesWorkflowConnectionName command. See Section 10.24.2, "setSpacesWorkflowConnectionName".

10.23.1.2 Syntax

createBPELConnection(appName, name, url, [policy, recipientKeyAlias, linkUrl, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Connection name. The name must be unique (across all connection types) within the application.
url
URL required to access the BPEL server.

Use the format: protocol://host:port

The BPEL server URL must be unique within the application.

policy
Optional. SAML token policy this connection uses for authentication. Enter any valid policy. Valid values include:
  • oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy—use to access the BPEL server with the default, non message protected policy.

  • oracle/wss10_saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy—use to access the BPEL server with a message protected policy. If selected, you must configure keys stores both in your application and in the BPEL application.

  • GPA—use if your environment supports Global Policy Attachments (GPA).

If you omit this argument, the connection defaults to oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy.

recipientKeyAlias
Optional. Recipient key alias to be used for message protected SAML policy authentication. Only required when the BPEL server connection is using a SAML token policy for authentication and the application's worklist is using multiple BPEL server connections.

The default is null.

See also "Configuring WS-Security" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

linkUrl
Optional. URL used to link to the BPEL server. Only required if it is different to the url argument. For example, when SSO or HTTPS is configured.

Use the format: protocol://host:port

The default is null.

For performance reasons, in an HTTPS or SSO environment, linkUrl specifies user access to BPEL worklist items, through HTTPS or SSO web servers, whereas url specifies direct access to BPEL web services, without redirection through HTTPS or SSO Web servers.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.23.1.3 Examples

The following example creates a connection named WebCenter Worklist with the default security policy:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createBPELConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='WebCenter Worklist', url='http://myhost.com:8001', 
policy='oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy)

The following example creates a connection that uses a message protected security policy, and defines a specific link URL:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createBPELConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='WebCenter Worklist',url='http://myhost.com:8001', policy='oracle/wss10_
saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy', recipientKeyAlias='myalias', linkUrl='http://mySSO.com:7777')

The following example creates a connection to be used in an environment that supports Global Policy Attachments (GPA):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> createBPELConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='WebCenter Worklist', url='http://myhost.com:8001', policy='GPA')

10.23.2 setBPELConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.23.2.1 Description

Edits an existing BPEL server connection.

To configure the worklists to actively use an existing BPEL server connection, use the addWorklistConnection command. See Section 10.23.4, "addWorklistConnection".

To specify the BPEL server connection used for WebCenter Portal's internal workflows, use the setSpacesWorkflowConnectionName command. See Section 10.24.2, "setSpacesWorkflowConnectionName".

10.23.2.2 Syntax

setBPELConnection(appName, name, [url, policy, recipientKeyAlias, linkUrl, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Existing BPEL server connection name.
url
Optional. URL required to access the BPEL server.

Use the format: <protocol>://<host>:<port>

The BPEL server URL must be unique within the application.

policy
Optional. SAML token policy this connection uses for authentication. Enter any valid policy. Valid values include:
  • oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy—use to access the BPEL server with the default, non message protected policy.

  • oracle/wss10_saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy—use to access the BPEL server with a message protected policy. If selected, you must configure keys stores both in your application and in the BPEL application.

  • GPA—use if your environment supports Global Policy Attachments (GPA).

If you omit this argument, the connection defaults to oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy.

recipientKeyAlias
Optional. Recipient key alias to be used for message protected SAML policy authentication. Only required when the BPEL server connection is using a SAML token policy for authentication and the application's worklist is using multiple BPEL server connections.

The default is null.

See also "Configuring WS-Security" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

linkUrl
Optional. URL used to link to the BPEL server. Only required if it is different to the url argument. For example, when SSO or https is configured. Use the format: protocol://host:port

For example, http://mySSO.host.com:7777

The default is null.

For performance reasons, in an HTTPS or SSO environment, the Link URL specifies user access to BPEL worklist items, through HTTPS or SSO web servers, whereas the BPEL SOAP URL specifies direct access to BPEL web services, without redirection through HTTPS or SSO web servers.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.23.2.3 Examples

The following example updates the BPEL server URL, security policy, recipient key alias, and link url for a connection named WebCenter Worklist.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setBPELConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='WebCenter Worklist',url='http://myhost.com:6666', policy='oracle/wss10_
saml_token_with_message_protection_client_policy', recipientKeyAlias='myalias', linkUrl='http://mySSO.com:7777')

The following example changes the security policy to use Global Policy Attachments (GPA):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> setBPELConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='WebCenter Worklist', policy='GPA')

10.23.3 listBPELConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.23.3.1 Description

Without any arguments, this command lists all the BPEL connections that are configured for a named application. All BPEL connections are listed, even connections not currently used.

10.23.3.2 Syntax

listBPELConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion]) 
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays BPEL server connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listBPELConnections lists all of the BPEL server connections that are configured, along with their details.

When set to 0, listBPELConnections lists connection names only. This argument defaults to 0.

If you set this argument to 0, do not specify the name argument.

name
Optional. Name of an existing BPEL server connection. You can use this argument to view details about a specific connection.

To list all the connections, omit the name argument.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.23.3.3 Examples

The following example lists the names of all the BPEL server connections that are configured for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listBPELConnections(appName='webcenter')
  ------------------
  WebCenter Worklist
  ------------------
  ------------------
  Human Resources Worklist
  ------------------

The following example lists the names and details of all of the BPEL server connections that are configured for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listBPELConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)        
  ------------------
  WebCenter Worklist
  ------------------
  Connection Name: WebCenter Worklist
  PolicyURI:oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy
  URL:http://myhost.com:8001
  ------------------
  Human Resources Worklist
  ------------------
  Connection Name: Human Resources Worklist
  PolicyURI:oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy
  URL:http://myhost.com:8888
  ------------------

10.23.4 addWorklistConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.23.4.1 Description

Enables an existing BPEL server connection for worklists. Worklists supports multiple connections so that users can monitor and manage assignments and notifications from a range of BPEL servers.

The name must specify an existing BPEL server connection.

10.23.4.2 Syntax

addWorklistConnection(appName, name,[verbose, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing BPEL server connection.
verbose
Optional. Displays output indicating whether a matching BPEL server connection exists and provides connection details.

1 turns verbose mode on

0 turns verbose mode off

This argument defaults to 0.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.23.4.3 Examples

The following example enables the Human Resources Worklist connection for the worklists in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>addWorklistConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='Human Resources Worklist', verbose=1)
  Human Resources Worklist successfully added to WorkList
  ------------------
  Human Resources Worklist
  ------------------
  Connection Name: Human Resources Worklist
  PolicyURI:oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy
  URL:http://myhost.com:8888

The following example also enables the Human Resources Worklist connection for worklists in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> addWorklistConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='Human Resources Worklist', verbose=1)
  Human Resources Worklist successfully added to WorkList
  ------------------
  Human Resources Worklist
  ------------------
  Connection Name: Human Resources Worklist
  PolicyURI:oracle/oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy
  URL:http://myhost.com:8888

10.23.5 removeWorklistConnection

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.23.5.1 Description

Disables a BPEL server connection that is currently used by worklists. Connection details are retained but worklists no longer use the connection specified.

10.23.5.2 Syntax

removeWorklistConnection(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

name
Name of an existing BPEL server connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.23.5.3 Example

The following example disables the BPEL server connection named WebCenter Worklist for worklists in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> removeWorklistConnection(appName='webcenter', 
name='WebCenter Worklist')
  WebCenter Worklist successfully removed from WorkList

10.23.6 listWorklistConnections

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.23.6.1 Description

Without any arguments, this command lists all of the BPEL server connections that are configured for the worklists, in a named application.

10.23.6.2 Syntax

listWorklistConnections(appName, [verbose, name, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

For Portal Framework applications, specify the appropriate name.

verbose
Optional. Displays BPEL server connection details in verbose mode. Valid options are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

When set to 1, listWorklistConnections lists all of the BPEL server connections that are configured for worklists, along with their details.

When set to 0, listWorklistConnections lists connection names only.

This argument defaults to 0.

If you set this argument to 0, do not specify the name argument.

name
Optional. Name of an existing BPEL server connection. You can use this argument to view details about a specific connection.

To list all connections, omit the name argument.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.23.6.3 Examples

The following example lists the names of all of the BPEL server connections that are configured for worklists in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listWorklistConnections(appName='webcenter')
  ------------------
  WebCenter Worklist
  ------------------

The following example lists both the names and connection details of all of the BPEL server connections that are configured for worklists in WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>listWorklistConnections(appName='webcenter', verbose=1)
  ------------------
  WebCenter Worklist
  ------------------
  Connection Name: WebCenter Worklist
  PolicyURI:oracle/wss10_saml_token_client_policy
  URL:http://myhost.com:8001

The following example lists connection details of a named BPEL server connection—MyWorklist. As worklists is not currently configured to use MyWorklist, an appropriate message displays.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> listWorklistConnections(appName='webcenter', 
verbose=1, name='MyWorklist')
  ------------------
  The following connection is not in the ADF Worklist:MyWorklist

10.24 WebCenter Portal Application

Use the commands listed in Table 10-33 to manage workflow settings and metadata for the "out-of-the-box" WebCenter Portal application.

Table 10-33 WebCenter Portal Application WLST Commands

Use This Command... To... Use with WLST...

getSpacesWorkflowConnectionName

Return the name of the BPEL server connection that WebCenter Portal is using for internal workflows.

Online

setSpacesWorkflowConnectionName

Specify the BPEL server connection used for WebCenter Portal workflows.

Online

refreshGroupSpaceCache

Migrate metadata for individual portals (in MDS) and portal security data to the 'WebCenter Portal Cache'.

Online

refreshSpaceTemplateCache

Migrate metadata for individual portal templates (in MDS) and portal template security data to the 'WebCenter Portal Templates Cache'.

Online


10.24.1 getSpacesWorkflowConnectionName

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.24.1.1 Description

Returns the name of the BPEL server connection that WebCenter Portal is currently using for internal workflows (portal membership notifications, portal subscription requests, and so on).

10.24.1.2 Syntax

getSpacesWorkflowConnectionName(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.24.1.3 Example

The following example names the BPEL server connection that WebCenter Portal is currently using for internal workflows:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> getSpacesWorkflowConnectionName(appName='webcenter')
WorkflowConfigConnectionName: WebCenter-Worklist

10.24.2 setSpacesWorkflowConnectionName

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.24.2.1 Description

Specifies the BPEL server connection that WebCenter Portal uses for internal workflows. WebCenter Portal uses a BPEL server included with the Oracle SOA Suite to host internal workflows, such as portal membership notifications, portal subscription requests, and so on. The connection name specified here must be a valid BPEL server connection.

Note:

Configuration changes made using this WLST command are only effective after your restart the Managed Server on which WebCenter Portal is deployed. For details, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Administering Oracle WebCenter Portal.

10.24.2.2 Syntax

setSpacesWorkflowConnectionName(appName, name, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

name
Name of an existing BPEL server connection.
server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.24.2.3 Example

The following example specifies that WebCenter Portal uses the BPEL server connection named WebCenter-Worklist for its internal workflows.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>setSpacesWorkflowConnectionName(appName='webcenter', 
name='WebCenter-Worklist')

10.24.3 refreshGroupSpaceCache

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.24.3.1 Description

(Used when patching WebCenter Spaces 11.1.1.1.0 to 11.1.1.2.0).

Migrates metadata for individual spaces (in MDS) and space security data (in a policy store) to the Spaces Cache.

WebCenter Spaces 11.1.1.2.0 and later uses tables (referred to as the Spaces Cache) to store space metadata and security-related data. When you patch from WebCenter Spaces 11.1.1.1.0 to 11.1.1.2.0, you must manually run the refreshGroupSpaceCache command to migrate your existing space data to the new 'Spaces Cache'.

10.24.3.2 Syntax

refreshGroupSpaceCache(appName, [spaceNames, syncMode, updateType, cleanCache, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal (previously known as Spaces), the application name is always webcenter.

spaceNames
Optional. Names of one or more spaces (group spaces) that you want to refresh.

To refresh all the spaces in MDS, enter spaceNames=''

To refresh selective spaces, enter one or more space names separated with a comma, for example: spaceNames='MyGroupSpace1,MyGroupSpace'

updateType
Optional. Indicates the type of data to refresh. Valid values are: security, metadata, all. The default value is security.
  • security - Refreshes the cache with security data stored in the policy store. The security data that is stored includes member data for the space, whether or not a space is public, and whether or not a space is accessible to users assigned the Authenticated-User role (in earlier releases this role was named Spaces-User).

  • metadata - Refreshes the cache with space-related metadata stored in MDS. The data that is stored includes metadata information such as the display name, keywords, icon, logo, and so on.

  • all - Refreshes the cache with data stored in MDS and the policy store.

syncMode
Optional. Indicates whether to refresh the cache in synchronous or asynchronous mode.

Valid values are 1 and 0. The default value is 1.

When set to 1, the refresh process runs in synchronous mode.

When set to 0, the refresh is asynchronous, that is, a new thread is spawned for the refresh process.

Synchronous mode is recommended.

cleanCache Optional. Indicates whether to remove data that no longer exists in MDS from the WebCenter Portal Cache during the refresh operation. Valid values are 1 and 0. The default value is 0.

0 - No content in the WebCenter Portal Cache is cleared during the refresh operation.

1 - Clears space data from the WebCenter Portal Cache if the space does not exist in MDS:

- If spaceNames='', data in the Cache is refreshed for all the spaces in MDS and data for any other space (not in MDS) is removed from the Cache.

- If spaceNames specifies the names of one or more spaces, only data for the named spaces is refreshed in the Cache. If you name a space that does not exist in MDS, data for that space is removed from the Cache.

Only set cleanCache to 1 if you are refreshing all the spaces. Do not set cleanCache to 1 if you are refreshing one or two individual spaces as this setting will unnecessarily remove all the spaces that are not refreshed.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.24.3.3 Example

The following examples update the cache to include all space-related metadata (in MDS) and security data (in the policy store) in synchronous mode:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>refreshGroupSpaceCache(appName='webcenter',
spaceNames='', syncMode=1, updateType='all', cleanCache=0)
wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>refreshGroupSpaceCache(appName='webcenter')

The following example updates the Spaces Cache to include space-related metadata (in MDS) and security data (in the policy store) for two group spaces named MyGroupSpace1 and MyGroupSpace2. The cache refreshes in synchronous mode.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>refreshGroupSpaceCache(appName='webcenter',
spaceNames='MyGroupSpace1,MyGroupSpace2')

10.24.4 refreshSpaceTemplateCache

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.24.4.1 Description

Migrates metadata for individual space templates (in MDS) and template security data (in a policy store) to the Space Template Cache.

WebCenter Spaces 11.1.1.2.0 (and later) uses tables (referred to as the Space Template Cache) to store space template metadata and security-related data. When you patch from WebCenter Spaces 11.1.1.1.0 to 11.1.1.2.0, you must run the refreshSpaceTemplateCache command so that all your existing template data is migrated to the new Space Templates Cache.

10.24.4.2 Syntax

refreshSpaceTemplateCache(appName, [spaceTemplateNames, syncMode, updateType, cleanCache, server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal (previously known as Spaces), the application name is always webcenter.

spaceNames
Optional. Names of one or more space templates that you want to refresh.

To refresh all the space templates in MDS, enter spaceTemplateNames= ''

To refresh selective space templates, enter one or more template names separated with a comma, for example: spaceNames='MySpaceTemplate1,MySpaceTemplate'

updateType
Optional. Indicates the type of data to refresh. Valid values are: security, metadata, all. The default value is security.
  • security - Refreshes the cache with security data stored in the policy store. The security data that is stored includes member data for the space template, whether or not a space template is public, and whether or not a space template is accessible to users assigned the Authenticated-User role (in earlier releases this role was named Spaces-User).

  • metadata - Refreshes the cache with space template-related metadata stored in MDS. The data that is stored includes metadata information such as the display name, keywords, icon, logo, and so on.

  • all - Refreshes the space template cache with data stored in MDS and the policy store.

syncMode
Optional. Indicates whether to refresh the cache in synchronous or asynchronous mode.

Valid values are 1 and 0. The default value is 1.

When set to 1, the refresh process runs in synchronous mode.

When set to 0, the refresh is asynchronous, that is, a new thread is spawned for the refresh process.

Synchronous mode is recommended.

cleanCache Optional. Indicates whether to remove data that no longer exists in MDS from the WebCenter Portal Cache during the refresh operation. Valid values are 1 and 0. The default value is 0.

0 - No content in the WebCenter Portal Cache is cleared during the refresh operation.

Always set this value to 0 when patching from 11.1.1.1.0 to 11.1.1.2.0.

1 - Clears space template data from the WebCenter Portal Cache if the space template does not exist in MDS:

- If spaceTemplateNames='', data in the Cache is refreshed for all the templates in MDS and data for any other space template (not in MDS) is removed from the Cache.

- If spaceTemplateNames specifies the names of one or more templates, only data for the named templates is refreshed in the Cache. If you name a space template that does not exist in MDS, data for that space template is removed from the Cache.

Only set cleanCache to 1 if you imported an entire WebCenter Spaces application from an archive and you want to overwrite or clear the existing WebCenter Portal Cache.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where WebCenter Portal is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of WebCenter Portal is deployed.

10.24.4.3 Example

The following examples update the cache to include all space template-related metadata (in MDS) and security data (in the policy store) in synchronous mode:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>refreshSpaceTemplateCache(appName='webcenter',
spaceTemplateNames='', syncMode=1, updateType='all', cleanCache=0)
wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>refreshSpaceTemplateCache(appName='webcenter')

The following example updates the Space Templates Cache to include space template related metadata (in MDS) and security data (in the policy store) for two space templates named MySpaceTemplate1 and MySpaceTemplate2. The cache refreshes in synchronous mode.

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig>refreshSpaceTemplateCache(appName='webcenter',
spaceNames='MySpaceTemplate1,MySpaceTemplate2')

10.25 Upgrade

Use the commands listed in Table 10-34 when upgrading from a previous Oracle WebCenter Portal release.

See also, Oracle Fusion Middleware Upgrade Guide for Oracle SOA Suite, WebCenter Portal, and ADF.

Table 10-34 Oracle WebCenter Portal Upgrade WLST Commands

Use this command... To... Use with WLST...

upgradeWebCenterDomain

Upgrade a Oracle WebCenter Portal domain.

Offline

upgradeWebCenterPermissions

Upgrade WebCenter Portal permissions.

Online

upgradeWebCenterApplication

Upgrade WebCenter Portal or a Portal Framework application.

Online


10.25.1 upgradeWebCenterDomain

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Offline

10.25.1.1 Description

Upgrades a Oracle WebCenter Portal domain from 11.1.1.2.0 or 11.1.1.3.0 to 11.1.1.4.0

10.25.1.2 Syntax

upgradeWebCenterDomain(domainDirName, [oracleHome, upgradeCustomSpaces])
Argument Definition
domainDirName
Full path to the domain's home directory.

For example, /home/Oracle/Domains/wc_domain.

oracleHome
Optional. Path to Oracle WebCenter Portal's Oracle home directory.

For example, /home/Oracle/Middleware/Oracle_WC.

upgradeCustomSpaces
Optional. Determines whether to upgrade the custom.webcenter.spaces shared library. Valid values are 1 (true) and 0 (false).

Set to 1 if you customized the Spaces application (previous name for WebCenter Portal) and you want your customizations to be included when you upgrade.

The default value is 0.


10.25.1.3 Example

The following example upgrades an Oracle WebCenter Portal domain named base_domain:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> upgradeWebCenterDomain(domainDirName='/mw_home/user_project/domains/base_domain');

10.25.2 upgradeWebCenterPermissions

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.25.2.1 Description

Upgrades permissions for WebCenter Portal (previously known as WebCenter Spaces).

This command creates additional application roles and grants some additional permissions that are requirement for WebCenter Portal 11.1.1.4.0 and later.

10.25.2.2 Syntax

upgradeWebCenterPermissions()

10.25.2.3 Example

The following example upgrades permissions for WebCenter Portal:

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> upgradeWebCenterPermissions();

10.25.3 upgradeWebCenterApplication

Module: Oracle WebCenter Portal

Use with WLST: Online

10.25.3.1 Description

Upgrades WebCenter Portal (previously known as WebCenter Spaces) from 11.1.1.2.0 or 11.1.1.3.0 to 11.1.1.4.0.

10.25.3.2 Syntax

upgradeWebCenterApplication(appName, [server, applicationVersion])
Argument Definition
appName
Name of the application in which to perform this operation.

For WebCenter Portal, the application name is always webcenter.

server
Optional. Name of the managed server where the application is deployed. For example, WC_Spaces.

Required when applications with the same name are deployed to different servers and also when you have a cluster.

applicationVersion
Optional. Version number of the deployed application. Required if more than one version of the application is deployed.

10.25.3.3 Example

The following example upgrades WebCenter Portal (webcenter):

wls:/weblogic/serverConfig> upgradeWebCenterApplication(appName='webcenter');